Three men alone were responsible for the advent of the 3rd Shinobi War. Thought to be dead by the entire world after a long hunt, they were instead locked away. 5 years after the end of the 4th Shinobi War they've escaped. Will the peace of the world survive their freedom?
You are using an out of date browser. It may not display this or other websites correctly.
You should upgrade or use an alternative browser.
You should upgrade or use an alternative browser.
Secrets of the Third War (Naruto)
- Thread starter Throbulator
- Start date
- Created
- Status
- Hiatus
- Watchers
- 4
- Recent readers
- 2
- Threadmarks
- 15
-
Statistics (15 threadmarks, 35k words)
User Total Throbulator 15 Threadmarks Reader mode RSS
P.1 Returning Fear
P.1 Returning Fear
- The Hōzuki Castle, a large castle that is controlled by Kusagakure, it serves as a criminal containment facility. A large underground explosion has occurred at the facility. Multiple escapees, some deceased and many injured inmates.
- Warden Kahyō and on duty guards managed to get the situation under control. Most of the criminals have been recaptured but a small number are still on the loose. Kahyō is unable to leave with the unrest happening at the facility so have requested aid from other nations.
- Representatives of most nations show up to help with repairs and assist capturing other escapees who successfully escaped.
- Prisoners are unable to mold charka into techniques due to the Wardens Ice Release: Earthen Consecutive Chains of Ice. If they use their chakra to perform techniques they will start to rapidly freeze, so by coating themselves with chakra and dedicating their energy to keeping themselves warm they can stave off the jutsus effects.
- Underground cells are discovered with no inmates inside. Old documents were discovered showing there were such cells that are to never be open, regular food and water are sent there by a different method to the rest of the inmates. These cells seem to be the epicenter of the explosion.
- A small dead branch/root is found piercing the walls and is revealed to be a part of the God Tree back from when Obito and Madara summoned the tree in the 4th Ninja War. It is likely the inmates got caught in the God: Nativity of a World of Trees when the Infinite Tsukuyomi was used.
- It's theorized that the old seals to stop the prisoners from using chakra likely got weakened or absorbed into the God Tree all them years ago. With the prisoners being sealed away this means warden Kahyō couldn't replace or update the seals making it so they could break the remaining seals over time and regain their power.
- A report of the event is revealed.
Several earthquakes were felt before the explosion happened. The earthquakes likely made the underground cells weak and prone to collapse. Its possible the cells were also used as a storage for highly volatile substances that ignited with the collapsing of the cells, this could make the explosion as big as it was with also killing or vaporizing the unknown prisoners.
Side note, request to look into the new advanced wireless communications, as all stopped working when the explosion happened.
- Shikamaru who's one of the representatives is helping Kahyō with documents. Sakura, Kiba and a few other ninjas are helping control the inmates and making the place safe.
- Shikamaru finds it odd that earthquakes would be happening here, an area not known for earthquakes.
- Shikamaru writes down his findings in a detailed report to take back home. Sakura and a few other medical ninja help wounded prisoners as Kiba and a team of tracking ninjas set off to find the remaining escapees.
- After some time Kiba doesn't return, Shikamaru requests to form a small search party. Kahyō agrees and sends some guards with him.
- Some time passes searching with help from representatives from other villages and a few guards. They hear a weird howling, Shikamaru realizing the noise is Akamaru and heads towards the noise.
- They came across a scene of frozen corpses. The guards confirm that these are the escapees, but a few ninja from the villages who were with Kiba are gravely injured, some found dead. Sakura finds Kiba who is alive, he's unconscious and very hurt.
- Shikamaru with the help of others bring everyone still alive back to the Castle. Sakura is quick onto helping the survivors.
- Its reported back to Kahyō but her sealing jutsu has claimed the escapees. She is not happy with this but the situation was not making things easier.
- Some time later back at Konoha after Shikamaru and co returned, they are at the hospital and in Kiba's room with Kakashi, the 6th Hokage, Kiba is informing him of everything that happened.
Kiba: "We captured the remaining escapees but then three people showed, I would say they are in their mid twenties. They recognized what villages every person came from, one of them, he had red hair, he recognized that I was from the Inuzuka clan and what some other people clans that are from here, like the man who passed away from the Yamanaka clan. I could smell the familiar smell of the prison on those three. I assumed the seals would activate and sent another ninja to approach them and subdue them, but one of them, he was maybe 2 meters tall, grabbed the ninja by the throat and broke his neck with one hand like nothing. We put up a fight, well tried to. Those three easily beat us, it wasn't even close".
- Kakashi thinking to himself that the red haired one must be an Uzumaki member as to know what clans the Konoha ninja are from by looks means he must of grown up close with the village, but with how dispersed the remaining members are and to be one in his twenties will likely mean there will be documents on him.
Kakashi: "I'm going to see if I can find any records of anyone that could match what you seen".
Shikamaru: "If they are the ones from the underground cells they must of been imprisoned not long before the war, I would guess at least 6-7 years ago being in their twenties".
Nothing could be found.
- Sakura shows up to Narutos house who was looking after Sarada while she was away on the mission. Sarada and Boruto are 3 years old, Hinata holds a few month old Himawari. Naruto and Hinata are informed of what happened at the prison.
- The three are in Konoha.
The red haired man: "It's weird that the code for the barrier is still the same, also everything has been changed, nothing looks the same".
The long brown haired man: "The ground is also slightly lowered compared to outside, almost as if the ground had been moved".
The tall man: "Hey, look at Hokage Rock".
The red haired man with a confused look: "Minato must of resigned or died early for Princess Tsunade to be 5th, then for Sakumo as the 6th, he must be going for oldest Kage".
The long brown haired man laughs at the comment.
- The three go to Ramen Ichiraku for a meal, upon entering they are welcomed by Teuchi the owner. A small crowd shows up as the tall one has currently beaten the record of the eating contest. Currently sitting at 50 servings, the other two also ate a lot but not reaching to the tall one and are cheering him on. Giving up on 51st serving the small crowd cheers.
Ayame: "Can we get a photo to put behind the counter?".
The tall one brings the other two in each side of him and they all smile as the photo is taken. Chōji greets the Tall one complementing him.
The tall one: "I've been fasting for some time and I am understandably hungry".
They laugh as the other two go to pay. It is revealed that the brown haired one is very good at pickpocketing. Teuchi is at the counter.
Teuchi looking at the red haired man: "You look oddly familiar, have we met before?".
The red haired man: "when I was younger I had been here".
Teuchi: "A returning customer is always welcome".
The three leave the restaurant smiling.
- Late at night the three are standing on a high building looking down to the village talking. A shadow appears behind them, it's Sai.
Sai: "what are you doing here?".
The red haired man: "I used to live here and I'm just showing my friends around. You move like an Anbu, how's Danzo?".
Sai: "He's not doing much now and retired".
The tall one and browned haired one have a slight shift in position.
The red haired man: "I think he would rather be dead then retire".
All three stare at Sai. Sai forms a hand sign but then a hole appears just below his neck on his collar bone.
The tall one who is pointing at Sai with his right index finger: "He just sent a signal".
- Ino who is home all the sudden get a small chakra warning, her family can sense if there is a chakra disturbance in the village. She and others of her Clan members uses their ability to contact Kakashi and other prominent Ninja saying someone has entered the village and what direction the signal came from.
- Tall man and brown haired looking at the sky, they sense chakra in the air is moving. What ever Sai sent worked. Sai on the ground holding his neck tries to get up but feels a sudden pain in his upper leg and falls. The tall man is pointing at him again. Sai looks up at him and he's still pointing at Sai but not looking at him.
The tall man: "You really shouldn't of done that".
A sharp pain hits his stomach. He looks down and four small holes, the tall one is shooting something fast from his finger tip.
The three flicker away.
- Kakashi is standing on the roof top with some other ninja. Sai has been moved off to the hospital in critical condition. Naruto shows to the scene.
Naruto: "What happened?".
Kakashi: "Someone has entered the village, Sai was injured".
A ninja shows up and says the Barrier team can't find any disturbances through out the village but they will continue to look.
- As ninja are moving around the village silently not to cause any panic, the three are hiding. They are giggling saying how they miss sneaking around like this back when they first knew each other.
Unknown male voice: "Hey, what are you three doing?".
Might Guy in his wheel chair is there.
The tall one: "We are playing hide and seek".
A stare off between them all is happening.
Might Guy: "Enjoying your youth at your age is a blessing, continue with your adventure!". The three smile and run off laughing. Guy with a tear in his eye praises the boys for being so youthful.
- The next day Hinata, Temari are at Karui and Chōji house watching over the children and looking after Inojin while Ino is with Sai at the hospital. A sudden commotion is heard outside so they go to look. Outside the three are there complaining how they don't know where exactly they are when Chōji speaks up excitedly. He goes over to them and starts casually talking with them. Temari and Karui sigh in relief, Hinata however is backing up with the children hanging behind them.
- The brown haired man looks over towards the children, he then nudges the red haired one and says something under his breath, The red haired man then looks over at them. Chōji and the tall one stop talking and look at what going on.
The red haired man: "Woman from the Hyūga Clan, any chance those kids are Namikaze?".
Hinata suddenly forms a hand seal. The tall one curses.
- Ino who is with Sakura and Tsunade suddenly gets the warning.
Ino: "Hinata has just sent a duress signal from Chōjis house".
Sakura: "She would of just got there, she was here visiting Kiba before heading there".
- The tall one: "Apologizes big man".
Chōji gets punched, he is sent flying outside the yard, the tall one follows him. Hinata, Temari, Karui watch this before turning to the red haired one in a battle stance as Hinata steps back to protect the children. They realize the brown haired one is missing, they become more defensive in their stances.
The red haired man: "I just want to ask questions".
He slowly walking closer hands up in the air. A few ninja jump down in front of him making him stop. Kakashi, Shikamaru and a large group of ninja arrive.
Karui: "One went off to fight Chōji over that way and one is missing".
A few ninja jump off to where commotion is heard in the direction of where Chōji and the tall one are. Red hair is just looking at Kakashi smiling.
- Tusnade, Ino and Sakura are rushing when Naruto suddenly shows up with them.
Naruto: "Do yous know what's happening?".
Ino: "A small brawl has started and more ninja are also making their way to the scene".
On the ground they see a large group of people standing before one person. They arrive next to Kakashi, the red haired mans eyes seem to widen, the smile changing on his face to a more surprised look.
Tsunade: "How are you still alive!".
This shocks everyone.
- The red haired man: "Don't be rude now, why am I not allowed to go home?".
Tsunade: "The 3rd hokage said you died".
The red haired man: "The Kage could never kill their own, they send others to do that dirty work but will proudly kill other ninja not from their village".
Kakashi: "Are you one of people who escaped the prison?".
The red haired man: "Yes, also I know we have some history but no reason to be so hostile Sakumo".
Kakashi looks at him puzzled.
A voice from no where is heard: "he's not Sakumo, I believe that's his son".
From behind the red haired man the brown haired man walks out like he appeared out of no where. The brown haired man is holding something.
Hinata:"Himawari!".
Naruto enters his nine-tails cloak and jumps, the two men look surprised. Naruto who is leaping forward is hit by a large object of which he catches, it's Chōji who is skinny and completely beaten up and unconscious.
The tall one jumps into scene: "Wow, he's the strongest member of his family I have ever fought, if only he wasn't holding back because we are in the village".
The tall man walks up next to the other two almost unscathed: "Oh wow the nine-tails, I wonder how it fights. I hope it's better then it's four siblings I defeated".
Naruto with anger showing on his face gets ready to charge again.
Tsunade: "Everyone to stop!".
- Tsunade goes between them all and kneels down, head to the ground.
Tsunade: "Please, leave, we don't want another event like Uzushiogakure".
This action and statement seems to confuse most of the large group.
Kakashi is angry: "You three, are you the three who caused the Third ninja war?".
The tall one: "Technically what caused it was the villages inability to trust each other, but I can understand if the blame likes to be shifted onto us. When you don't want to blame yourself it's easier to blame others".
Kakashi: "Are you the three who my father was meant to capture?".
The brown haired man: "By capture you mean to lure into a trap for us to die, then yes. To be honest he was strong, to be able to not only escape all three of us at once but save his team as well. I don't think anyone else could of done it".
Kakashi takes one step forward but Tsunade yell at him to stop and to not start anything in the village.
- Naruto nine-tails cloak shuts off.
Naruto in his mind: "Hey why did you shut it off?".
Kurama: "When that man said he defeated my siblings, it caught my attention but that red haired man... Don't fight him, he can stop me, so he can stop you".
Naruto shocked: "What? doesn't matter, they have Himawari you think I can just sit here and do nothing?".
Kurama: "...I don't think its my place to tell you, but I will say that he can make this village unlivable. Just ask him to give your daughter back, I think he will".
Naruto back in reality: "Give me back my daughter!".
The red haired man looks at him for a second, he grabs Himawari and walks to where Tsunade is, she looks visibly scared, Naruto walks up to him as they both look at each other.
The red haired man: "Can I know your name?".
Naruto: "I'm Naruto".
He holds his arms out.
The red haired man smiles: "Naruto Namikaze, good to know".
He passes off Himiwari gently and walks backwards to the other two.
- The tall man: "Oh I have something I want to say".
He points to Temari and continues: "how's Rasa?".
Temari a bit taken aback: "what's it to you?".
The tall man: "I can sense chakra and I can tell family members apart, I know you are part of the Kazekage family".
Temari: "I repeat, what's it to you?".
The tall man: "I just want to know how my cousin is going".
Shock suddenly hits Temari, as she looks at this man it's like he grows, becoming a more menacing creature.
Temari: "You, you're Sunaarashi".
The tall man, Sunaarashi: "So I'm not forgotten, hey Nihirizumu how close is she related to me?".
The brown haired, Nihirizumu: "With her chakra signature she should be Rasas daughter".
Sunaarashi suddenly starts floating with a smile on his face.
Sunaarashi: "Tell him I'm back".
Nihirizumu starts floating and the red haired man too. They float away leaving the village.
- Temari suddenly runs off, Shikamaru grabs her.
Temari: "I need to contact Gaara and Kankurō".
Tsunade: "Call all the Kages".
Kakashi without saying a word leaves.
- Hinata rans to Naruto to make sure Himawari is ok. Sakura and Ino are treating Chōji as other ninja go off two where Chōji was fighting to check on the ninja who went to the scene.
- Naruto: "Tsunade, what exactly is going on?".
Tsunade: "This is the worst thing since the fourth war".
She leaves with her head down.
~~~~~~
This story is a slight AU, due in part to the wonky timeline I have had to fix in some way. This will be more apparent later on.
- The Hōzuki Castle, a large castle that is controlled by Kusagakure, it serves as a criminal containment facility. A large underground explosion has occurred at the facility. Multiple escapees, some deceased and many injured inmates.
- Warden Kahyō and on duty guards managed to get the situation under control. Most of the criminals have been recaptured but a small number are still on the loose. Kahyō is unable to leave with the unrest happening at the facility so have requested aid from other nations.
- Representatives of most nations show up to help with repairs and assist capturing other escapees who successfully escaped.
- Prisoners are unable to mold charka into techniques due to the Wardens Ice Release: Earthen Consecutive Chains of Ice. If they use their chakra to perform techniques they will start to rapidly freeze, so by coating themselves with chakra and dedicating their energy to keeping themselves warm they can stave off the jutsus effects.
- Underground cells are discovered with no inmates inside. Old documents were discovered showing there were such cells that are to never be open, regular food and water are sent there by a different method to the rest of the inmates. These cells seem to be the epicenter of the explosion.
- A small dead branch/root is found piercing the walls and is revealed to be a part of the God Tree back from when Obito and Madara summoned the tree in the 4th Ninja War. It is likely the inmates got caught in the God: Nativity of a World of Trees when the Infinite Tsukuyomi was used.
- It's theorized that the old seals to stop the prisoners from using chakra likely got weakened or absorbed into the God Tree all them years ago. With the prisoners being sealed away this means warden Kahyō couldn't replace or update the seals making it so they could break the remaining seals over time and regain their power.
- A report of the event is revealed.
Several earthquakes were felt before the explosion happened. The earthquakes likely made the underground cells weak and prone to collapse. Its possible the cells were also used as a storage for highly volatile substances that ignited with the collapsing of the cells, this could make the explosion as big as it was with also killing or vaporizing the unknown prisoners.
Side note, request to look into the new advanced wireless communications, as all stopped working when the explosion happened.
- Shikamaru who's one of the representatives is helping Kahyō with documents. Sakura, Kiba and a few other ninjas are helping control the inmates and making the place safe.
- Shikamaru finds it odd that earthquakes would be happening here, an area not known for earthquakes.
- Shikamaru writes down his findings in a detailed report to take back home. Sakura and a few other medical ninja help wounded prisoners as Kiba and a team of tracking ninjas set off to find the remaining escapees.
- After some time Kiba doesn't return, Shikamaru requests to form a small search party. Kahyō agrees and sends some guards with him.
- Some time passes searching with help from representatives from other villages and a few guards. They hear a weird howling, Shikamaru realizing the noise is Akamaru and heads towards the noise.
- They came across a scene of frozen corpses. The guards confirm that these are the escapees, but a few ninja from the villages who were with Kiba are gravely injured, some found dead. Sakura finds Kiba who is alive, he's unconscious and very hurt.
- Shikamaru with the help of others bring everyone still alive back to the Castle. Sakura is quick onto helping the survivors.
- Its reported back to Kahyō but her sealing jutsu has claimed the escapees. She is not happy with this but the situation was not making things easier.
- Some time later back at Konoha after Shikamaru and co returned, they are at the hospital and in Kiba's room with Kakashi, the 6th Hokage, Kiba is informing him of everything that happened.
Kiba: "We captured the remaining escapees but then three people showed, I would say they are in their mid twenties. They recognized what villages every person came from, one of them, he had red hair, he recognized that I was from the Inuzuka clan and what some other people clans that are from here, like the man who passed away from the Yamanaka clan. I could smell the familiar smell of the prison on those three. I assumed the seals would activate and sent another ninja to approach them and subdue them, but one of them, he was maybe 2 meters tall, grabbed the ninja by the throat and broke his neck with one hand like nothing. We put up a fight, well tried to. Those three easily beat us, it wasn't even close".
- Kakashi thinking to himself that the red haired one must be an Uzumaki member as to know what clans the Konoha ninja are from by looks means he must of grown up close with the village, but with how dispersed the remaining members are and to be one in his twenties will likely mean there will be documents on him.
Kakashi: "I'm going to see if I can find any records of anyone that could match what you seen".
Shikamaru: "If they are the ones from the underground cells they must of been imprisoned not long before the war, I would guess at least 6-7 years ago being in their twenties".
Nothing could be found.
- Sakura shows up to Narutos house who was looking after Sarada while she was away on the mission. Sarada and Boruto are 3 years old, Hinata holds a few month old Himawari. Naruto and Hinata are informed of what happened at the prison.
- The three are in Konoha.
The red haired man: "It's weird that the code for the barrier is still the same, also everything has been changed, nothing looks the same".
The long brown haired man: "The ground is also slightly lowered compared to outside, almost as if the ground had been moved".
The tall man: "Hey, look at Hokage Rock".
The red haired man with a confused look: "Minato must of resigned or died early for Princess Tsunade to be 5th, then for Sakumo as the 6th, he must be going for oldest Kage".
The long brown haired man laughs at the comment.
- The three go to Ramen Ichiraku for a meal, upon entering they are welcomed by Teuchi the owner. A small crowd shows up as the tall one has currently beaten the record of the eating contest. Currently sitting at 50 servings, the other two also ate a lot but not reaching to the tall one and are cheering him on. Giving up on 51st serving the small crowd cheers.
Ayame: "Can we get a photo to put behind the counter?".
The tall one brings the other two in each side of him and they all smile as the photo is taken. Chōji greets the Tall one complementing him.
The tall one: "I've been fasting for some time and I am understandably hungry".
They laugh as the other two go to pay. It is revealed that the brown haired one is very good at pickpocketing. Teuchi is at the counter.
Teuchi looking at the red haired man: "You look oddly familiar, have we met before?".
The red haired man: "when I was younger I had been here".
Teuchi: "A returning customer is always welcome".
The three leave the restaurant smiling.
- Late at night the three are standing on a high building looking down to the village talking. A shadow appears behind them, it's Sai.
Sai: "what are you doing here?".
The red haired man: "I used to live here and I'm just showing my friends around. You move like an Anbu, how's Danzo?".
Sai: "He's not doing much now and retired".
The tall one and browned haired one have a slight shift in position.
The red haired man: "I think he would rather be dead then retire".
All three stare at Sai. Sai forms a hand sign but then a hole appears just below his neck on his collar bone.
The tall one who is pointing at Sai with his right index finger: "He just sent a signal".
- Ino who is home all the sudden get a small chakra warning, her family can sense if there is a chakra disturbance in the village. She and others of her Clan members uses their ability to contact Kakashi and other prominent Ninja saying someone has entered the village and what direction the signal came from.
- Tall man and brown haired looking at the sky, they sense chakra in the air is moving. What ever Sai sent worked. Sai on the ground holding his neck tries to get up but feels a sudden pain in his upper leg and falls. The tall man is pointing at him again. Sai looks up at him and he's still pointing at Sai but not looking at him.
The tall man: "You really shouldn't of done that".
A sharp pain hits his stomach. He looks down and four small holes, the tall one is shooting something fast from his finger tip.
The three flicker away.
- Kakashi is standing on the roof top with some other ninja. Sai has been moved off to the hospital in critical condition. Naruto shows to the scene.
Naruto: "What happened?".
Kakashi: "Someone has entered the village, Sai was injured".
A ninja shows up and says the Barrier team can't find any disturbances through out the village but they will continue to look.
- As ninja are moving around the village silently not to cause any panic, the three are hiding. They are giggling saying how they miss sneaking around like this back when they first knew each other.
Unknown male voice: "Hey, what are you three doing?".
Might Guy in his wheel chair is there.
The tall one: "We are playing hide and seek".
A stare off between them all is happening.
Might Guy: "Enjoying your youth at your age is a blessing, continue with your adventure!". The three smile and run off laughing. Guy with a tear in his eye praises the boys for being so youthful.
- The next day Hinata, Temari are at Karui and Chōji house watching over the children and looking after Inojin while Ino is with Sai at the hospital. A sudden commotion is heard outside so they go to look. Outside the three are there complaining how they don't know where exactly they are when Chōji speaks up excitedly. He goes over to them and starts casually talking with them. Temari and Karui sigh in relief, Hinata however is backing up with the children hanging behind them.
- The brown haired man looks over towards the children, he then nudges the red haired one and says something under his breath, The red haired man then looks over at them. Chōji and the tall one stop talking and look at what going on.
The red haired man: "Woman from the Hyūga Clan, any chance those kids are Namikaze?".
Hinata suddenly forms a hand seal. The tall one curses.
- Ino who is with Sakura and Tsunade suddenly gets the warning.
Ino: "Hinata has just sent a duress signal from Chōjis house".
Sakura: "She would of just got there, she was here visiting Kiba before heading there".
- The tall one: "Apologizes big man".
Chōji gets punched, he is sent flying outside the yard, the tall one follows him. Hinata, Temari, Karui watch this before turning to the red haired one in a battle stance as Hinata steps back to protect the children. They realize the brown haired one is missing, they become more defensive in their stances.
The red haired man: "I just want to ask questions".
He slowly walking closer hands up in the air. A few ninja jump down in front of him making him stop. Kakashi, Shikamaru and a large group of ninja arrive.
Karui: "One went off to fight Chōji over that way and one is missing".
A few ninja jump off to where commotion is heard in the direction of where Chōji and the tall one are. Red hair is just looking at Kakashi smiling.
- Tusnade, Ino and Sakura are rushing when Naruto suddenly shows up with them.
Naruto: "Do yous know what's happening?".
Ino: "A small brawl has started and more ninja are also making their way to the scene".
On the ground they see a large group of people standing before one person. They arrive next to Kakashi, the red haired mans eyes seem to widen, the smile changing on his face to a more surprised look.
Tsunade: "How are you still alive!".
This shocks everyone.
- The red haired man: "Don't be rude now, why am I not allowed to go home?".
Tsunade: "The 3rd hokage said you died".
The red haired man: "The Kage could never kill their own, they send others to do that dirty work but will proudly kill other ninja not from their village".
Kakashi: "Are you one of people who escaped the prison?".
The red haired man: "Yes, also I know we have some history but no reason to be so hostile Sakumo".
Kakashi looks at him puzzled.
A voice from no where is heard: "he's not Sakumo, I believe that's his son".
From behind the red haired man the brown haired man walks out like he appeared out of no where. The brown haired man is holding something.
Hinata:"Himawari!".
Naruto enters his nine-tails cloak and jumps, the two men look surprised. Naruto who is leaping forward is hit by a large object of which he catches, it's Chōji who is skinny and completely beaten up and unconscious.
The tall one jumps into scene: "Wow, he's the strongest member of his family I have ever fought, if only he wasn't holding back because we are in the village".
The tall man walks up next to the other two almost unscathed: "Oh wow the nine-tails, I wonder how it fights. I hope it's better then it's four siblings I defeated".
Naruto with anger showing on his face gets ready to charge again.
Tsunade: "Everyone to stop!".
- Tsunade goes between them all and kneels down, head to the ground.
Tsunade: "Please, leave, we don't want another event like Uzushiogakure".
This action and statement seems to confuse most of the large group.
Kakashi is angry: "You three, are you the three who caused the Third ninja war?".
The tall one: "Technically what caused it was the villages inability to trust each other, but I can understand if the blame likes to be shifted onto us. When you don't want to blame yourself it's easier to blame others".
Kakashi: "Are you the three who my father was meant to capture?".
The brown haired man: "By capture you mean to lure into a trap for us to die, then yes. To be honest he was strong, to be able to not only escape all three of us at once but save his team as well. I don't think anyone else could of done it".
Kakashi takes one step forward but Tsunade yell at him to stop and to not start anything in the village.
- Naruto nine-tails cloak shuts off.
Naruto in his mind: "Hey why did you shut it off?".
Kurama: "When that man said he defeated my siblings, it caught my attention but that red haired man... Don't fight him, he can stop me, so he can stop you".
Naruto shocked: "What? doesn't matter, they have Himawari you think I can just sit here and do nothing?".
Kurama: "...I don't think its my place to tell you, but I will say that he can make this village unlivable. Just ask him to give your daughter back, I think he will".
Naruto back in reality: "Give me back my daughter!".
The red haired man looks at him for a second, he grabs Himawari and walks to where Tsunade is, she looks visibly scared, Naruto walks up to him as they both look at each other.
The red haired man: "Can I know your name?".
Naruto: "I'm Naruto".
He holds his arms out.
The red haired man smiles: "Naruto Namikaze, good to know".
He passes off Himiwari gently and walks backwards to the other two.
- The tall man: "Oh I have something I want to say".
He points to Temari and continues: "how's Rasa?".
Temari a bit taken aback: "what's it to you?".
The tall man: "I can sense chakra and I can tell family members apart, I know you are part of the Kazekage family".
Temari: "I repeat, what's it to you?".
The tall man: "I just want to know how my cousin is going".
Shock suddenly hits Temari, as she looks at this man it's like he grows, becoming a more menacing creature.
Temari: "You, you're Sunaarashi".
The tall man, Sunaarashi: "So I'm not forgotten, hey Nihirizumu how close is she related to me?".
The brown haired, Nihirizumu: "With her chakra signature she should be Rasas daughter".
Sunaarashi suddenly starts floating with a smile on his face.
Sunaarashi: "Tell him I'm back".
Nihirizumu starts floating and the red haired man too. They float away leaving the village.
- Temari suddenly runs off, Shikamaru grabs her.
Temari: "I need to contact Gaara and Kankurō".
Tsunade: "Call all the Kages".
Kakashi without saying a word leaves.
- Hinata rans to Naruto to make sure Himawari is ok. Sakura and Ino are treating Chōji as other ninja go off two where Chōji was fighting to check on the ninja who went to the scene.
- Naruto: "Tsunade, what exactly is going on?".
Tsunade: "This is the worst thing since the fourth war".
She leaves with her head down.
~~~~~~
This story is a slight AU, due in part to the wonky timeline I have had to fix in some way. This will be more apparent later on.
Last edited:
P.2 Kage Meeting
P.2 Kage Meeting
- Naruto and Shikamaru are walking in the Academy building heading to a meeting room. Naruto: "So, why bring me here?".
Shikamaru: "I'm just doing what I was told to do and that's to bring you to the meeting".
Temari is waiting at the door for them.
- In the meeting room the 5 Kage are all there.
With Gaara is Kankurō and Ebizō who is in a wheelchair due to his age.
With A is Killer B, Darui, Omoi and Karui.
With Mei is Chōjūrō and two unnamed ninjas.
With Ōnoki is Kurotsuchi, Kitsuchi and Akatsuchi.
With Kakashi is Tsunade.
- Shikamaru and Naruto go and stand behind Kakashi as Temari stands with Kankurō, Kankurō looks at her confused, she sighs.
- Ōnoki starts: "Now, why the emergency call?".
A: "We rushed over with how urgent you said it was".
Tsunade stands in front of everyone: "Ōnoki, can you please explain why is Nihirizumu still alive?".
With just this most of the people present start gasping or speaking their mind out loud or to each other. Naruto is confused not understanding why everyone is panicking exactly.
Kitsuchi: "Wait, brother Nihirizumu is still alive, is this true?".
Tsunade: "This is true, he got into the village without raising any alarm, I saw him with my own eyes as well as many other ninjas that include Temari and Karui here".
Ōnoki sighs and raises his hand making everyone quiet down: "It's true, I let my teachers only descendant live. I couldn't bring myself to kill him, so I sent him away to slowly pass away outside everyone's eyes while telling everyone he had died".
A: "Old man, he was a major threat to all villages. You should have been thinking with your brain not your heart".
Mei: "I can assume the disaster at the prison was him escaping then, looks like the hole you put him in to die wasn't deep enough. How could you let such a person who betrayed your village to live?".
Tsunade: "About that, Sunaarashi was also there and escaped".
Gaara and Mei stand up from their seats.
Mei: "What!".
Kankurō looks at Temari shocked, she puts on a concerned smile.
Ebizō: "I see now why you requested I also come here".
Ōnoki "looks like I'm not the only one".
Kakashi: "Diseased Memory was also there".
- A stand up about to swing his arm down but stops himself and places his hand softly on the table.
A: "So let me get this straight, every village let the reason the Third Ninja War happened, live? Those three should be dead like every village reported, don't even get me started with what happened making that war happen. Multiple villages destroyed, one more major then the others. My own father prevented an army entering Kumogakure to search for them there, he was making sure another Uzushiogakure incident didn't happen. We entered that stupid war because none of you took accountability for that invasion".
- Ōnoki sighs: "Well since the truth is being revealed I have something to bring to light. Your father didn't die by a large group of ten thousand ninja. I requested a joint operation to capture and kill Nirihizumu".
- A now crushes the part of table with his hand.
A: "Watch what you say right now".
Ōnoki: "I believed the Third Raikage could be the only person to be able to fight Nihirizumu and win, the fight was more one sided then I could have ever thought. I, Roshi and Han even joined in, and then we only just won. Your father gave his life to stop him and let us all survive, he gave me the opportunity to kill him, and I couldn't do it. He died dealing the final blow. I was the last person conscious by the end. He brought two ninja with him, they made up the story about how he died once they left, I had nothing to do with that rumor. I am sorry, if I had known it would have been like this, I would done something. Your father did so much, I respect the man for what he did for me".
- A: "This meeting is over".
Tsunade: "We have more to talk about".
A: "Look at this room, the Mizukage and Kazekage are in shock. I'm furious, to a point I don't think you understand. You're worried, almost scared in my option. The old man, he might need to be careful. We are leaving".
Everyone from Kumogakure walks behind A.
Naruto calls out to Killer B who just looks to Naruto and leaves.
- Naruto is at his house sitting on the couch with his thinking face on, Hinata comes up.
Hinata: "You still thinking about it?".
Naruto: "Everyone was so angry in the meeting earlier, there was a lot of yelling and confusion. I don't understand why they cant just be calm and listen. Why are these three people such a threat to make this much anger. Well, one I know now".
Hinata: "You never did pay attention in class when we were younger. We learnt in history classes that the Third Ninja War started because of three people revealing village secrets". Naruto pretends to understand and nods as she talks.
Hinata: "It was the Konoha Military Police Force who found this out first and put all the villages on high alert trying to find them, then in just a few months 3 Kage's were dead or missing, Uzushiogakure was destroyed along with a few other small villages. Also just outside the village was even attacked".
Naruto: "You were always better in class then me".
Hinata: "You know the place, it's the Forest of Death where we had the Chūnin Exams all those years ago".
Naruto understanding that part nods his head.
Hinata: "Also, you haven't said anything about it, do you want to talk about it?".
Naruto: "What do you mean".
Hinata: "That man, he called you Naruto Namikaze and even asked if our children are Namikaze. That man more than likely knew your father".
Naruto: "He was the 4th Hokage, everyone knows him".
Hinata: "Naruto, from what you said the three got locked up at the start of the third war, so your dad was not Hokage yet".
Naruto stops thinking for a second, the then sits up coming to a realization.
Naruto: "I think I know what I'm going ask tomorrow when the meeting continues, well, if it continues".
- In the dark of the night Naruto is standing looking out a window at the face of this father on the Hokage Rock.
Kurama: "We have a visitor".
Naruto in his mind turns around to Kurama behind him, Gyūki starts raising from the ground. With Naruto being a meeting place for the tailed beasts he can be visited by any of them. Naruto: "How are you and everyone else?".
Gyūki: "It's a bit awkward as the Tsuchikage is having a private meeting with the Raikage and B, so I have wondered off while they talk".
Naruto: "It must be serious".
Kurama: "You know what it's like to fight the 3rd Raikage, how does the idea of a person who can beat him as well as the hosts of Son Gokū and Kokuō at the same time sound?".
Gyūki: "Honestly that sounds impossible".
Naruto: "Why don't we ask them. Hey Son Gokū, Kokuō, where are you, I have a question!?".
No reaction, just silence.
Kurama: "You can't call them, they just have to show up".
Naruto looks defeated.
- The next day, everyone who was in the meeting the day prior is currently in the room. There is unease is in the air.
Tsunade: "I believe this is as ready as we will get.
- Ōnoki puts his arm up.
Ōnoki: "Before we start anything I would make an announcement. This will be my final act as Tsuchikage, stopping Nihirizumu".
This makes commotion in the room but he continues.
Ōnoki: "I plans on nominating my granddaughter the 4th Tsuchikage".
Some more commotion. Kitsuchi with a smile on his face looks at Kurotsuchi, she is shocked.
- Tsunade: "Ōnoki, would you like to start up this meeting?".
Ōnoki: "Being my retirement mission I shall start if off. But left me reveal one more thing, I nearly considered asking to release him to fight for us in the Fourth War, I don't know what would of happened if I did. Also so I don't know what I would of thought at the time if I had seen the other two also locked up".
- Ōnoki begins the briefing: "Nihirizumu, age 47, known as 'The Natural Disaster', grandson of the 2nd Tsuchikage Mu, user of the kekkei tōta variant Earthquake release a mixture of nature's earth, lightning and wind, also a water and yang user. Member of the Explosion Corps, though that was before they became more known during the war. He was nominated and approved to be the 4th Tsuchikage behind the scenes, nothing announced. Then it was discovered what he did so it was never announced. An inauguration that was planned when he was older but that scrapped. He fights much like Lord Mu, so Kazekage you would be the best way to catch him much like what you did with Lord Mu. Dust release is for absolute destruction of a selected area, Earthquake release is used for major destruction in a massive area. That doesn't mean it can't be use in small quarters. His main form of fighting is close range. He may be better than Lord Mu at sensory perception but his abilities of going invisible is not as good, he must be out of everyone's vision to vanish so as long as one person is looking at him, he can't vanish. That's the gist of him, feel free to ask questions".
- Some questions are asked, answers are giving with more details are noted.
Nihirizumu was a noticeably quiet child and that goes into his fighting style, more of an assassin type but also not afraid to be showy and will use teammates as distractions very often. Also floats a lot in fights.
A leader type due to how he was raised, he's particularly good at working out battle tactics and will stand back and watch.
Shown anger when the other two were threatened but nothing else seemed to faze him.
Speed is the best way to fight him as the Third Raikage was pushing him back for a lot of the fight but even then, hitting him was a different story.
Used the Silent Killing technique and Hiding in Mist technique when fighting, mixed with his ability to go invisible made it extremely hard to read him. 6th gate of the 8 Gates got used.
- Gaara: "Shall we talk about The Anomaly now?".
Mei sighs: "Sunaarashi, my older half-brother. Born between Sunagakure and Kirigakure for political reasons, nephew to the 3rd Mizukage and 3rd Kazekage. The marriage didn't last long but a reason for a loose peace was given. Much like me he got two Kekkei Genkai but his are extremely compatible, having Mercury Release an exceedingly rare Kekkei Genkai thought to be missing well before the formation of the villages, and Magnet Release a Kekkei Genkai known from the Kazekage lineage. His potential was huge at an early age, and he was greatly favoured by both villages, we taught him Kenjutsu and many assassination abilities that he picked up quickly. He looked up to Lord Second Mizukage and can even summon clams. He also picked up sensory perception at some point and shown to be one of the best we ever raised".
Gaara adds: "He was my father's cousin and rival, but this rivalry was quite the hostile one. Even long after Sunaarashi's apparent death my father held extreme anger for him made my father try to get someone stronger than him. There is a chance the reason the Shukaku was sealed into me was an attempt to show that my father could have something stronger than him. He would constantly under his breath saying things about a person who at the time I had never heard or known about. Ebizō, I believe you know more than me on this".
Ebizō who was sitting close has all the attention on him.
Ebizō: "When it was discovered his potential Sunagakure tried to win over Sunaarashis favor by teaching him everything he wanted, like puppetry and medical ninjutsu. He trained his Magnet Release with Rasa and the Third Kazekage, becoming one of the best users the village had ever seen. He is an expert in both close and long range fighting and can use all common nature elements as well as yin release. His chakra reserves are one of the largest if not the largest Sunagakure had ever had and his control over it was the best the village had seen".
Mei: "His chakra reserves could rival or possible surpass that of Kisame's".
Kakashi: "All you seem to be doing is flaunting how strong he is. Can we get information how to stop him?".
Ebizō: "The reason we are not telling you is because not even we don't really know, only have theories. This is to more so you do not underestimate him".
This remark heats up the room with accusations of hiding information.
Mei: "We are not trying to hid anything. You see the 3rd Mizukage and the 3rd Kazekage worked together using four of the tailed beasts to take him down".
Ebizō joins in: "The 3rd Kazekage lived and returned with the Shukaku sealed in a tea kettle as the jinchūriki passed away, but we also had lost the Seven-Tails in this fight".
Naruto and Killer B react to this by shifting their weight.
Gaara: "The 3rd Kazekage went missing a day or two later, but it was found out many years later it was Sasori's doing that did that".
Mei: "After that whole battle the 4th Mizukage who was the Three-Tails jinchūriki at the time, he soon got into power and the whole Village of the Bloody Mist became a thing with the possible idea to try and recreate someone as strong as him through brutality".
Gaara: "New Kage got rushed into power because of one man and the war that followed".
Mei: "I do know he has an affinity with water style and that lightning style-based attacks seem oddly weak against him".
- More questions get asked but Mei and Ebizō could only say as much as they knew, and this didn't seem to sit well with the others, but small information did rise.
Sunaarashi had a second moniker aside from 'The Anomaly' and that was '8th swordsman of the mist', due to the village favouring him he got to make his own sword.
The Cross-sword, a giant sword longer than he was tall with four blade edges each pointing in a different direction. A long handle with four pole like handle guard that shot out with the four edges. Was commonly held using the whole arm around the handle with the hand grabbing one of the four guards like a pole arm. The sword is currently locked up and was not on his hand just prior to the war.
It has been proven other Magnet Release users can counter each other but a magnet as strong as him needs more than just a good user.
Mercury Release is his more common way of fighting such as making swords, bullets and shields to aid him in fighting. There is a poison effect on this too but will take some time to kick in.
His personality seemed friendly but off, an incredibly happy looking child but creepily smart.
His fighting style was more hands on in training sessions preferring close range attacks but was very showy. Real combat was not documented.
With no surviving person to see the fight with the Kage a report on the fight was never created, so apart from Floating no other techniques from other villages have ever been seen.
- Kakashi: "I think it's time we talk about Diseased Memory now. Tsunade I must ask why is it that I cannot find much information on him?".
Tsunade: "I thinks the Third must of tried to wipe him from the villages history. Also you know him, you can name him".
Kakashi: "I would of been at most 12 years old at the time, but I don't recall this man in my life".
A: "Why would Hiruzen even try to bury it so much?".
Tsunade: "I think that it might not have been his idea but a request from Minato and Jiraiya".
Naruto perks up to this.
Tsunade: "And he does have a history of keeping things secret from the village, though for a reason. Much like with how Naruto was Minato's son after the Nine-Tails incident. Now there is no documents I could find on him but everything I said and will be saying is only from her memory only, much like how Ebizō is here to talk about Sunaarashi. I'm here just to talk about Gesshoku Uzumaki".
Naruto softly: "what".
Tsunade: "He moved from Uzushio and came to Konoha as a candidate of being the next Nine-Tails jinchūriki but that was given to Kushina Uzumaki".
Inside Naruto Kurama grumbles.
Naruto: "Wait, a man who Jiraiya and my dad tried to help after starting a war, a man who was going to be a jinchūriki and shares my name. Who is he?".
Tsunade looks directly at Naruto, first puzzled but then shocked look comes across her face.
Tsunade: "Oh no, you didn't know, I thought you would of found out with time. It's Gesshoku. He is Kushina's little brother". Naruto taken aback by this is silent, he just walks out with Tsunade yelling out to him.
Ōnoki: "Naruto still has room to grow if he plans on being Hokage in the future but this will help his mind".
The meeting continues.
- Naruto is walking away in his mind he talks to Kurama.
Naruto: "Did you know this?"
Kurama: "I did".
Naruto: " Why has no one me about this, that mum had a little brother?".
Kurama: "Third hid it, not just from you but from everyone. No one connected you to your mother, so no one connected you to him".
Naruto: "Why did you never tell me then?".
Kurama: "Much like how I never told you about your mother and father, at the time I did not care, I just wanted out. But after everything that happened, I still didn't tell you because I also thought he was dead. I saw your mother hit him so hard that it could have killed him because she using my chakra".
Naruto grumbles at this and just keeps walking.
- Hinata is at a local park holding Himawari as Boruto is playing on the playground. Suddenly she feels someone behind her but before she can turn it speaks.
Unknown man: "Hey Hyūga woman, can you do me a favor and call everyone like last time".
~~~~~~
This is more on an info dump of a Part.
- Naruto and Shikamaru are walking in the Academy building heading to a meeting room. Naruto: "So, why bring me here?".
Shikamaru: "I'm just doing what I was told to do and that's to bring you to the meeting".
Temari is waiting at the door for them.
- In the meeting room the 5 Kage are all there.
With Gaara is Kankurō and Ebizō who is in a wheelchair due to his age.
With A is Killer B, Darui, Omoi and Karui.
With Mei is Chōjūrō and two unnamed ninjas.
With Ōnoki is Kurotsuchi, Kitsuchi and Akatsuchi.
With Kakashi is Tsunade.
- Shikamaru and Naruto go and stand behind Kakashi as Temari stands with Kankurō, Kankurō looks at her confused, she sighs.
- Ōnoki starts: "Now, why the emergency call?".
A: "We rushed over with how urgent you said it was".
Tsunade stands in front of everyone: "Ōnoki, can you please explain why is Nihirizumu still alive?".
With just this most of the people present start gasping or speaking their mind out loud or to each other. Naruto is confused not understanding why everyone is panicking exactly.
Kitsuchi: "Wait, brother Nihirizumu is still alive, is this true?".
Tsunade: "This is true, he got into the village without raising any alarm, I saw him with my own eyes as well as many other ninjas that include Temari and Karui here".
Ōnoki sighs and raises his hand making everyone quiet down: "It's true, I let my teachers only descendant live. I couldn't bring myself to kill him, so I sent him away to slowly pass away outside everyone's eyes while telling everyone he had died".
A: "Old man, he was a major threat to all villages. You should have been thinking with your brain not your heart".
Mei: "I can assume the disaster at the prison was him escaping then, looks like the hole you put him in to die wasn't deep enough. How could you let such a person who betrayed your village to live?".
Tsunade: "About that, Sunaarashi was also there and escaped".
Gaara and Mei stand up from their seats.
Mei: "What!".
Kankurō looks at Temari shocked, she puts on a concerned smile.
Ebizō: "I see now why you requested I also come here".
Ōnoki "looks like I'm not the only one".
Kakashi: "Diseased Memory was also there".
- A stand up about to swing his arm down but stops himself and places his hand softly on the table.
A: "So let me get this straight, every village let the reason the Third Ninja War happened, live? Those three should be dead like every village reported, don't even get me started with what happened making that war happen. Multiple villages destroyed, one more major then the others. My own father prevented an army entering Kumogakure to search for them there, he was making sure another Uzushiogakure incident didn't happen. We entered that stupid war because none of you took accountability for that invasion".
- Ōnoki sighs: "Well since the truth is being revealed I have something to bring to light. Your father didn't die by a large group of ten thousand ninja. I requested a joint operation to capture and kill Nirihizumu".
- A now crushes the part of table with his hand.
A: "Watch what you say right now".
Ōnoki: "I believed the Third Raikage could be the only person to be able to fight Nihirizumu and win, the fight was more one sided then I could have ever thought. I, Roshi and Han even joined in, and then we only just won. Your father gave his life to stop him and let us all survive, he gave me the opportunity to kill him, and I couldn't do it. He died dealing the final blow. I was the last person conscious by the end. He brought two ninja with him, they made up the story about how he died once they left, I had nothing to do with that rumor. I am sorry, if I had known it would have been like this, I would done something. Your father did so much, I respect the man for what he did for me".
- A: "This meeting is over".
Tsunade: "We have more to talk about".
A: "Look at this room, the Mizukage and Kazekage are in shock. I'm furious, to a point I don't think you understand. You're worried, almost scared in my option. The old man, he might need to be careful. We are leaving".
Everyone from Kumogakure walks behind A.
Naruto calls out to Killer B who just looks to Naruto and leaves.
- Naruto is at his house sitting on the couch with his thinking face on, Hinata comes up.
Hinata: "You still thinking about it?".
Naruto: "Everyone was so angry in the meeting earlier, there was a lot of yelling and confusion. I don't understand why they cant just be calm and listen. Why are these three people such a threat to make this much anger. Well, one I know now".
Hinata: "You never did pay attention in class when we were younger. We learnt in history classes that the Third Ninja War started because of three people revealing village secrets". Naruto pretends to understand and nods as she talks.
Hinata: "It was the Konoha Military Police Force who found this out first and put all the villages on high alert trying to find them, then in just a few months 3 Kage's were dead or missing, Uzushiogakure was destroyed along with a few other small villages. Also just outside the village was even attacked".
Naruto: "You were always better in class then me".
Hinata: "You know the place, it's the Forest of Death where we had the Chūnin Exams all those years ago".
Naruto understanding that part nods his head.
Hinata: "Also, you haven't said anything about it, do you want to talk about it?".
Naruto: "What do you mean".
Hinata: "That man, he called you Naruto Namikaze and even asked if our children are Namikaze. That man more than likely knew your father".
Naruto: "He was the 4th Hokage, everyone knows him".
Hinata: "Naruto, from what you said the three got locked up at the start of the third war, so your dad was not Hokage yet".
Naruto stops thinking for a second, the then sits up coming to a realization.
Naruto: "I think I know what I'm going ask tomorrow when the meeting continues, well, if it continues".
- In the dark of the night Naruto is standing looking out a window at the face of this father on the Hokage Rock.
Kurama: "We have a visitor".
Naruto in his mind turns around to Kurama behind him, Gyūki starts raising from the ground. With Naruto being a meeting place for the tailed beasts he can be visited by any of them. Naruto: "How are you and everyone else?".
Gyūki: "It's a bit awkward as the Tsuchikage is having a private meeting with the Raikage and B, so I have wondered off while they talk".
Naruto: "It must be serious".
Kurama: "You know what it's like to fight the 3rd Raikage, how does the idea of a person who can beat him as well as the hosts of Son Gokū and Kokuō at the same time sound?".
Gyūki: "Honestly that sounds impossible".
Naruto: "Why don't we ask them. Hey Son Gokū, Kokuō, where are you, I have a question!?".
No reaction, just silence.
Kurama: "You can't call them, they just have to show up".
Naruto looks defeated.
- The next day, everyone who was in the meeting the day prior is currently in the room. There is unease is in the air.
Tsunade: "I believe this is as ready as we will get.
- Ōnoki puts his arm up.
Ōnoki: "Before we start anything I would make an announcement. This will be my final act as Tsuchikage, stopping Nihirizumu".
This makes commotion in the room but he continues.
Ōnoki: "I plans on nominating my granddaughter the 4th Tsuchikage".
Some more commotion. Kitsuchi with a smile on his face looks at Kurotsuchi, she is shocked.
- Tsunade: "Ōnoki, would you like to start up this meeting?".
Ōnoki: "Being my retirement mission I shall start if off. But left me reveal one more thing, I nearly considered asking to release him to fight for us in the Fourth War, I don't know what would of happened if I did. Also so I don't know what I would of thought at the time if I had seen the other two also locked up".
- Ōnoki begins the briefing: "Nihirizumu, age 47, known as 'The Natural Disaster', grandson of the 2nd Tsuchikage Mu, user of the kekkei tōta variant Earthquake release a mixture of nature's earth, lightning and wind, also a water and yang user. Member of the Explosion Corps, though that was before they became more known during the war. He was nominated and approved to be the 4th Tsuchikage behind the scenes, nothing announced. Then it was discovered what he did so it was never announced. An inauguration that was planned when he was older but that scrapped. He fights much like Lord Mu, so Kazekage you would be the best way to catch him much like what you did with Lord Mu. Dust release is for absolute destruction of a selected area, Earthquake release is used for major destruction in a massive area. That doesn't mean it can't be use in small quarters. His main form of fighting is close range. He may be better than Lord Mu at sensory perception but his abilities of going invisible is not as good, he must be out of everyone's vision to vanish so as long as one person is looking at him, he can't vanish. That's the gist of him, feel free to ask questions".
- Some questions are asked, answers are giving with more details are noted.
Nihirizumu was a noticeably quiet child and that goes into his fighting style, more of an assassin type but also not afraid to be showy and will use teammates as distractions very often. Also floats a lot in fights.
A leader type due to how he was raised, he's particularly good at working out battle tactics and will stand back and watch.
Shown anger when the other two were threatened but nothing else seemed to faze him.
Speed is the best way to fight him as the Third Raikage was pushing him back for a lot of the fight but even then, hitting him was a different story.
Used the Silent Killing technique and Hiding in Mist technique when fighting, mixed with his ability to go invisible made it extremely hard to read him. 6th gate of the 8 Gates got used.
- Gaara: "Shall we talk about The Anomaly now?".
Mei sighs: "Sunaarashi, my older half-brother. Born between Sunagakure and Kirigakure for political reasons, nephew to the 3rd Mizukage and 3rd Kazekage. The marriage didn't last long but a reason for a loose peace was given. Much like me he got two Kekkei Genkai but his are extremely compatible, having Mercury Release an exceedingly rare Kekkei Genkai thought to be missing well before the formation of the villages, and Magnet Release a Kekkei Genkai known from the Kazekage lineage. His potential was huge at an early age, and he was greatly favoured by both villages, we taught him Kenjutsu and many assassination abilities that he picked up quickly. He looked up to Lord Second Mizukage and can even summon clams. He also picked up sensory perception at some point and shown to be one of the best we ever raised".
Gaara adds: "He was my father's cousin and rival, but this rivalry was quite the hostile one. Even long after Sunaarashi's apparent death my father held extreme anger for him made my father try to get someone stronger than him. There is a chance the reason the Shukaku was sealed into me was an attempt to show that my father could have something stronger than him. He would constantly under his breath saying things about a person who at the time I had never heard or known about. Ebizō, I believe you know more than me on this".
Ebizō who was sitting close has all the attention on him.
Ebizō: "When it was discovered his potential Sunagakure tried to win over Sunaarashis favor by teaching him everything he wanted, like puppetry and medical ninjutsu. He trained his Magnet Release with Rasa and the Third Kazekage, becoming one of the best users the village had ever seen. He is an expert in both close and long range fighting and can use all common nature elements as well as yin release. His chakra reserves are one of the largest if not the largest Sunagakure had ever had and his control over it was the best the village had seen".
Mei: "His chakra reserves could rival or possible surpass that of Kisame's".
Kakashi: "All you seem to be doing is flaunting how strong he is. Can we get information how to stop him?".
Ebizō: "The reason we are not telling you is because not even we don't really know, only have theories. This is to more so you do not underestimate him".
This remark heats up the room with accusations of hiding information.
Mei: "We are not trying to hid anything. You see the 3rd Mizukage and the 3rd Kazekage worked together using four of the tailed beasts to take him down".
Ebizō joins in: "The 3rd Kazekage lived and returned with the Shukaku sealed in a tea kettle as the jinchūriki passed away, but we also had lost the Seven-Tails in this fight".
Naruto and Killer B react to this by shifting their weight.
Gaara: "The 3rd Kazekage went missing a day or two later, but it was found out many years later it was Sasori's doing that did that".
Mei: "After that whole battle the 4th Mizukage who was the Three-Tails jinchūriki at the time, he soon got into power and the whole Village of the Bloody Mist became a thing with the possible idea to try and recreate someone as strong as him through brutality".
Gaara: "New Kage got rushed into power because of one man and the war that followed".
Mei: "I do know he has an affinity with water style and that lightning style-based attacks seem oddly weak against him".
- More questions get asked but Mei and Ebizō could only say as much as they knew, and this didn't seem to sit well with the others, but small information did rise.
Sunaarashi had a second moniker aside from 'The Anomaly' and that was '8th swordsman of the mist', due to the village favouring him he got to make his own sword.
The Cross-sword, a giant sword longer than he was tall with four blade edges each pointing in a different direction. A long handle with four pole like handle guard that shot out with the four edges. Was commonly held using the whole arm around the handle with the hand grabbing one of the four guards like a pole arm. The sword is currently locked up and was not on his hand just prior to the war.
It has been proven other Magnet Release users can counter each other but a magnet as strong as him needs more than just a good user.
Mercury Release is his more common way of fighting such as making swords, bullets and shields to aid him in fighting. There is a poison effect on this too but will take some time to kick in.
His personality seemed friendly but off, an incredibly happy looking child but creepily smart.
His fighting style was more hands on in training sessions preferring close range attacks but was very showy. Real combat was not documented.
With no surviving person to see the fight with the Kage a report on the fight was never created, so apart from Floating no other techniques from other villages have ever been seen.
- Kakashi: "I think it's time we talk about Diseased Memory now. Tsunade I must ask why is it that I cannot find much information on him?".
Tsunade: "I thinks the Third must of tried to wipe him from the villages history. Also you know him, you can name him".
Kakashi: "I would of been at most 12 years old at the time, but I don't recall this man in my life".
A: "Why would Hiruzen even try to bury it so much?".
Tsunade: "I think that it might not have been his idea but a request from Minato and Jiraiya".
Naruto perks up to this.
Tsunade: "And he does have a history of keeping things secret from the village, though for a reason. Much like with how Naruto was Minato's son after the Nine-Tails incident. Now there is no documents I could find on him but everything I said and will be saying is only from her memory only, much like how Ebizō is here to talk about Sunaarashi. I'm here just to talk about Gesshoku Uzumaki".
Naruto softly: "what".
Tsunade: "He moved from Uzushio and came to Konoha as a candidate of being the next Nine-Tails jinchūriki but that was given to Kushina Uzumaki".
Inside Naruto Kurama grumbles.
Naruto: "Wait, a man who Jiraiya and my dad tried to help after starting a war, a man who was going to be a jinchūriki and shares my name. Who is he?".
Tsunade looks directly at Naruto, first puzzled but then shocked look comes across her face.
Tsunade: "Oh no, you didn't know, I thought you would of found out with time. It's Gesshoku. He is Kushina's little brother". Naruto taken aback by this is silent, he just walks out with Tsunade yelling out to him.
Ōnoki: "Naruto still has room to grow if he plans on being Hokage in the future but this will help his mind".
The meeting continues.
- Naruto is walking away in his mind he talks to Kurama.
Naruto: "Did you know this?"
Kurama: "I did".
Naruto: " Why has no one me about this, that mum had a little brother?".
Kurama: "Third hid it, not just from you but from everyone. No one connected you to your mother, so no one connected you to him".
Naruto: "Why did you never tell me then?".
Kurama: "Much like how I never told you about your mother and father, at the time I did not care, I just wanted out. But after everything that happened, I still didn't tell you because I also thought he was dead. I saw your mother hit him so hard that it could have killed him because she using my chakra".
Naruto grumbles at this and just keeps walking.
- Hinata is at a local park holding Himawari as Boruto is playing on the playground. Suddenly she feels someone behind her but before she can turn it speaks.
Unknown man: "Hey Hyūga woman, can you do me a favor and call everyone like last time".
~~~~~~
This is more on an info dump of a Part.
Last edited:
P.3 Reunion
P.3 Reunion
- Suddenly all Konoha ninja in the meeting get the duress signal. Kakashi suddenly stands up.
A: "What's wrong?"
Kakashi: "A warning has been called".
Ōnoki: "It couldn't be".
Kakashi: "Ask what's wrong".
Ōnoki: "Nihirizumu, you are watching, aren't you? You had a habit of listening in watching and waiting".
Silence hits the room.
Mei: "Don't make people paranoid".
- Suddenly the windows in the meeting room crack, not breaking, the cracks completely cover the windows. A quickly reacts and bursts throughout window in his Lightning Release Chakra Mode, he lands onto the roofing of the building just outside. The others rush over.
A: "When I went through the window, I heard a small laugh".
Gaara: "Where the warning signal is coming from?".
Kakashi: "Follow me".
- They arrive to the playground where already many Konoha ninja are around with some on the ground injured. Gesshoku and Nihirizumu are standing on the children's playground equipment.
- Kitsuchi is shocked to see Nihirizumu.
Kurotsuchi and Akatsuchi are stunned to see a legend from their village.
- A Konoha ninja comes up to Kakashi and informs him all the civilians have been moved. Kakashi: "Prepare to evacuate everyone as quick as possible, get some retired shinobi to assist even".
The ninja agrees and flickers away.
- Naruto arrives, Gesshoku seeing him puts on a smile with his eyes closed and puts his arms behind his head.
- Other notable ninja show up such as Shino, Chōji, Lee, Sakura and more show up.
- Nihirizumu: "I'm seeing some powerful clans here".
Gesshoku: "They are all young, so no interesting ones".
- Gaara: "Where is Sunaarashi?".
Gesshoku: "He has gone to get food, also you really need to update the barrier system". Kakashi: "This whole situation is like a joke to you isn't it?".
A voice behind the group replies to Kakashi: "Yes, you are all to lax".
They turn around to see Sunaarashi holding food. This time he's different.
Tsunade: "He's massive. Before he was tall with a lean build. But now he's filled out, his frame puts even the Raikage to shame".
Sunaarashi stands above everyone looking over the groud to the other two with ease, he then starts floating over everyone. When doing so he throws some food at Chōji.
Sunaarashi: "Sorry about last time, next time when there is less people show me what you really got".
He lands with the other two making them look small.
- Sunaarashi looks at the crowd looking at him. He points out Naruto and Killer B.
Sunaarashi: "Yous would be fun to fight".
Points to Gaara, Kankurō and Temari.
Sunaarashi: "Rasas offspring".
He then points to Mei and has a confused look on his face.
Sunaarashi: "Mother?".
Mei snaps internally while having a smile on her face.
Sunaarashi laughing: "How can I not recognise my own sister, you do take after mother side though, come give me a hug".
He opens his arms up towards Mei.
- Suddenly Sunaarashi ducks quickly nearly hitting the ground.
Nihirizumu moves to the side and slightly leans back.
Gesshoku just looks down, he then perks back up.
A ninja in the crowd falls over.
Kakashi: "one is better than none".
Gesshoku: "I have your friend, you both should surrender or your friend will be hurt".
They just stare at him.
- Dark marks start crawling up Gesshokus neck. Suddenly he starts screaming, screams of pain. The screams get louder and to the point where the screams start to send shivers up other spines. The marks crawl over Gesshokus face, he falls to his knees as he gasps for air and lets out an even more peircing scream.
A ninja rushes over to the fallen ninja and puts his hand on the head, suddenly the screaming stops and Gesshoku falls to the ground.
Gesshoku starts standing up as the marks start sinking back into his body.
Gesshoku clears his throat: "The Yamanaka Clan shouldn't take control of my body".
He brings his hand to his throat with Medical ninjutsu activated.
- A with his Lightning Release Chakra Mode activated is lunging at Nihirizumu, A sees that Nihirizumu is watching him.
A: "He can keep track of me?".
A then realises he's not moving right, his movement its tilted. He sees Sunaarashi is lunging at him, he reacts to Sunaarashi. A and Sunaarashi collide with A being pushed and getting pinned up on a wall by just Sunaarashis right arm. The Lightning Release Chakra Mode isn't affecting him, it goes around him like its not touching him.
A: "So this is what they meant" .
A brings his right arm down for a chop but Sunaarashi uppercuts A's arm breaking it when colliding. Killer B rushes past with a few of the 8-tails tails out grabbing Sunaarashi. He spins getting ready to throw Sunaarashi but as he does the tails are cleanly cut and Sunaarashi still stands with A pinned to the wall as the tails fall the ground.
Darui and Omoi have rushed in swords drawn going for Sunaarashi, liquid starts dripping from Sunaarashis hand.
A with his broken arm throws a punch hitting Sunaarashi in the face knocking him away. Sunaarashi has a smile on his face. Gaara suddenly starts looking around him in a small panic. Then people start hearing rattling. Kakashi realises the noise is the buildings, Sunaarashi is planning on lifting all the buildings with metal foundations. The playground starts bending where it's connected with bolts and parts are busting/buckling. A feels his Lightning Release Chakra Mode start to move oddly.
A: "Not even the Magnet release users in my village are this powerful".
- The ground shakes. This stalls everyone, then Nihirizumu claps loudly.
Nihirizumu: "Everyone to calm down, lets not get to excited here".
Gesshoku is looking into the crowd with a puzzled look.
Gesshoku: "Hey Princess, where is the Police Force, I haven't seen any of them".
She doesn't answer.
Gesshoku: "Fine, Nihirizumu can you sense any Uchiha?".
Nihirizumu looks around.
Nihirizumu: "There is only one, it is related to Fugaku, also that woman is the mother".
He points to Sakura.
Sunaarashi: "What, no Uchiha. But they fun to fight in groups".
- Mei: "Brother, how come you look the same from when I last saw you?".
Sunaarashi: "I have aged a bit, I was in his teens when I was on the run. Now I'm more physically in my twenties. We had something done to how our bodies work".
He then looks to Gesshoku.
Nihirizumu: "It seem we age slower, but it's all just looks and internally we are our proper ages, well kind of".
Gesshoku laughs.
- More ninja start showing up with one going to Kakashi saying most of the village has been evacuated. It's mostly older ninja who have returned as back up after the earthquake.
A voice is heard with a shocked tone: "Gesshoku?".
It's Hiashi Hyūga with Hanabi next to him.
These older generation ninja are mostly looking shocked. Sakura's father Kizashi on the roof top of a building is there with a stunned face.
Gesshoku: "Looks like the interesting ones have finally shown up".
- Gesshoku starts laughing.
Kibas mother, Shino's father and other parents of the Konoha 11 are shocked to see him.
Gesshoku: "I've been waiting to see the people who bullied me, the outsider who had an older sister that would beat up other people who mocked her. you all needed to vent your anger out on the next best thing, the young mutant. I had years by myself with no interactions and thought my only friends were dead. Revenge was the only thing on my mind".
With cold eyes he looks to the group of ninja.
- Kurama: "He's not lying, I can feel a lot of hostility".
- Gesshoku quickly goes back to cheerful smiling.
Gesshoku: "It's all in the past now, my friends are alive".
He then looks at Tsunade, making her flinch.
Gesshoku: "Where is my sister?".
- Naruto: "Both mum and dad died saving me".
Gesshoku: "They died. How?".
Gesshoku puts on a worried face.
Naruto: "It was done by Kurama".
Kurama: "Well, you are not wrong with that".
Gesshoku: "I think that name sounds familiar, from back in Uzushiogakure. Hey nephew, come over here".
Naruto: "I won't be doing that".
- Naruto is suddenly swept feet first in the direction to Gesshoku.
Darui swings his sword in the air then looks at Sunaarashi.
Naruto falls to the ground.
Kankurō: "He's using puppet strings that were hidden under ground".
Sunaarashi: "I have two hands".
He then swings his left-hand which flings Naruto violently.
Rock Lee in 6th gate appears between Naruto and Gesshoku, Kakashi with Lightning Cutter attacking. Gaaras sand is grabbing Naruto hips pulling him back.
Gesshoku enters 7th gate and pushes past Kakashi and Lee grabbing Naruto by his neck. Quickly dark marks start appearing on Naruto and his nine-tails cloak activates.
Gesshoku: "Hey Nine-Tails, you were there so who is Kurama?".
The Nine-Tails chakra attacks Gesshoku pushing him back. Kakashi and Lee continue their attack, Nihirizumu suddenly kicks Kakashi away and Gesshoku knocks Lee away and then turns off his 7th gate.
- A fox head made from chakra stares at Gesshoku, he looks at his hand, it has markings on it that start to vanish. He looks up confused.
Gesshoku: "The Nine-Tails isn't sealed in nephew, it's just residing in him".
Nihirizumu: "That would explain why I can't feel a seal on him".
- Purple like smoke starts emitting from Gesshoku.
Tsunade: "Get him out of the village!".
Kurama: "Naruto, stop him now!".
Naruto jumps forward but suddenly Sunaarashi is on his side in 6th gate, he punches Naruto away. Lee still in 6th gate attacks Sunaarashi but is effortlessly grabbed and thrown away. A wave of sand rushes in. It is blocked my a mass of liquid, silver in colour.
Sunnarashi smiles with his hand reached out.
Gesshoku puts up a hand sign 'Poison Style: Mimic - Water Severing Wave'.
A purple like liquid is sprayed out of his mouth in a high-pressure stream pierces through Gaaras sand over the crowd's head cutting into the buildings.
- Purple liquid drops on the ground from Gesshoku body, he claps his hands 'Poison Style: Mimic - Nativity of a World of Trees', the liquid starts forming into purple tree like roots. It grows forming what looks like trees, buildings start tipping over to make room. when they stop growing Gesshoku stands on top of it all, Sunaarashi and Nihirizumu float next to him.
- Naruto in his nine-tails cloak appears behind Gesshoku with a Rasengan in hand but as he pushes it Nihirizumu hits Naruto Rasengan with his own Rasengan. The two Rasengan colliding make a gust of wind that knocks them both away. Naruto lands on the ground and Nihirizumu stops in the air.
Naruto: "How do they know how to use the Rasengan?".
Gesshoku: "Minato taught me, then I taught them".
Sunaarashi makes a Rasengan too just to show he can do it too.
Naruto: "It's been a long time and it's been improved, I can do something that dad never could do".
Naruto summons clones and makes Wind Style: Rasenshuriken.
Sunaarashi: "Oh wow, that does look dangerous".
Nihirizumu: "I don't like that, don't let that hit you".
Gesshoku: "I compliment you for doing something Minato couldn't do. but how do you think Minato knew he could mix a nature into it?".
Kakashi is shocked to hear this.
Gesshoku makes a Rasengan, it starts turning purple and extending horizontally at two points then says: "Poison Style: Rasenspear".
The two next to him are shocked and back away as he lifts it behind him in a stance.
Naruto quickly throws his and Gesshoku also throws his own. They collide in the air, the Rasenshuriken expands violently and a huge pillar of poison spinning like the Rasenshuriken shoots out into the ground and the air. When it dies down there is a hole in the ground the poison pillar created.
Naruto shocked as Gesshoku smiles looking down on him.
- Sunaarashi: "This has been interesting does anyone have anything else interesting to show?".
Naruto speaks up saying he has one more move and creates a lot of shadow clones. They all jump at the three.
Sunaarashi: "Thats boring".
Naruto: "Harem Technique".
Sakura, Kakashi and Tsunade are internally calling Naruto an idiot with others also reacting.
Sunaarashi laughs and Nihirizumu is shocked.
- The poison tree they suddenly has spikes shooting out from it in all directions with even the ninja on the ground having to dodge it. The shadow clones disperse after getting impaled and Gesshoku is holding a normal Naruto by the neck.
Naruto: "Why didn't it effect you?".
Gesshoku: "I can't see family like that".
He then throws Naruto to the ground.
- Sunaarashi: "That was funny at least".
Gesshoku: "hmm, I wonder if I can do it too".
Tsunade thinks to herself: "they really are related".
Gesshoku puts up a hand sign and transforms he is in the same outfit as before.
Gesshoku: "How do I look?".
Nihirizumu: "You look near identical to your sister".
Sunaarashi: "My turn".
He then has a go, but when he does it there is no smoke effect and no clothes, he looks like Mei but taller and with dark-blue hair.
Mei: "Brother!".
Gesshoku: "Do you even have shame?".
Then they both look at Nihirizumu.
Nihirizumu: "No".
Nihirizumu then floats away, the other two still transformed laugh and float after him.
- They stop high in the air as Kurotsuchi, Kitsuchi and Akatsuchi have floated up after them.
Kitsuchi: "Brother, wait".
Nihirizumu looks down at him then turns around punching the air right behind him. Cracks start forming in the air and spread all over the sky. On the ground they see these cracks in the sky and are confused. The Sky shatters, a few ninja on the ground fall.
Kakashi: "Find all members of the Yamanaka Clan, the barrier has been completely broken they are connected to it".
- Gesshoku still transformed: "Poison Style: Toxic Flood".
- The poison tree starts melting becoming liquid. Gaara forms a sand wall to stop the poison from flowing more into the village. A purple mist starts emitting from the pool.
Kakashi: "We have to cover it".
Ōnoki shows up and puts an earth style like coffin around the pool.
Mei uses her lava to coat it and cover even the smallest of cracks.
Medical ninja are over helping A with his broken arm.
- The three float through the cracks in the sky leaving the Iwaga ninja looking at the mess below.
Sunaarashi: "Looks like your third ninja war has yet to conclude".
- Suddenly all Konoha ninja in the meeting get the duress signal. Kakashi suddenly stands up.
A: "What's wrong?"
Kakashi: "A warning has been called".
Ōnoki: "It couldn't be".
Kakashi: "Ask what's wrong".
Ōnoki: "Nihirizumu, you are watching, aren't you? You had a habit of listening in watching and waiting".
Silence hits the room.
Mei: "Don't make people paranoid".
- Suddenly the windows in the meeting room crack, not breaking, the cracks completely cover the windows. A quickly reacts and bursts throughout window in his Lightning Release Chakra Mode, he lands onto the roofing of the building just outside. The others rush over.
A: "When I went through the window, I heard a small laugh".
Gaara: "Where the warning signal is coming from?".
Kakashi: "Follow me".
- They arrive to the playground where already many Konoha ninja are around with some on the ground injured. Gesshoku and Nihirizumu are standing on the children's playground equipment.
- Kitsuchi is shocked to see Nihirizumu.
Kurotsuchi and Akatsuchi are stunned to see a legend from their village.
- A Konoha ninja comes up to Kakashi and informs him all the civilians have been moved. Kakashi: "Prepare to evacuate everyone as quick as possible, get some retired shinobi to assist even".
The ninja agrees and flickers away.
- Naruto arrives, Gesshoku seeing him puts on a smile with his eyes closed and puts his arms behind his head.
- Other notable ninja show up such as Shino, Chōji, Lee, Sakura and more show up.
- Nihirizumu: "I'm seeing some powerful clans here".
Gesshoku: "They are all young, so no interesting ones".
- Gaara: "Where is Sunaarashi?".
Gesshoku: "He has gone to get food, also you really need to update the barrier system". Kakashi: "This whole situation is like a joke to you isn't it?".
A voice behind the group replies to Kakashi: "Yes, you are all to lax".
They turn around to see Sunaarashi holding food. This time he's different.
Tsunade: "He's massive. Before he was tall with a lean build. But now he's filled out, his frame puts even the Raikage to shame".
Sunaarashi stands above everyone looking over the groud to the other two with ease, he then starts floating over everyone. When doing so he throws some food at Chōji.
Sunaarashi: "Sorry about last time, next time when there is less people show me what you really got".
He lands with the other two making them look small.
- Sunaarashi looks at the crowd looking at him. He points out Naruto and Killer B.
Sunaarashi: "Yous would be fun to fight".
Points to Gaara, Kankurō and Temari.
Sunaarashi: "Rasas offspring".
He then points to Mei and has a confused look on his face.
Sunaarashi: "Mother?".
Mei snaps internally while having a smile on her face.
Sunaarashi laughing: "How can I not recognise my own sister, you do take after mother side though, come give me a hug".
He opens his arms up towards Mei.
- Suddenly Sunaarashi ducks quickly nearly hitting the ground.
Nihirizumu moves to the side and slightly leans back.
Gesshoku just looks down, he then perks back up.
A ninja in the crowd falls over.
Kakashi: "one is better than none".
Gesshoku: "I have your friend, you both should surrender or your friend will be hurt".
They just stare at him.
- Dark marks start crawling up Gesshokus neck. Suddenly he starts screaming, screams of pain. The screams get louder and to the point where the screams start to send shivers up other spines. The marks crawl over Gesshokus face, he falls to his knees as he gasps for air and lets out an even more peircing scream.
A ninja rushes over to the fallen ninja and puts his hand on the head, suddenly the screaming stops and Gesshoku falls to the ground.
Gesshoku starts standing up as the marks start sinking back into his body.
Gesshoku clears his throat: "The Yamanaka Clan shouldn't take control of my body".
He brings his hand to his throat with Medical ninjutsu activated.
- A with his Lightning Release Chakra Mode activated is lunging at Nihirizumu, A sees that Nihirizumu is watching him.
A: "He can keep track of me?".
A then realises he's not moving right, his movement its tilted. He sees Sunaarashi is lunging at him, he reacts to Sunaarashi. A and Sunaarashi collide with A being pushed and getting pinned up on a wall by just Sunaarashis right arm. The Lightning Release Chakra Mode isn't affecting him, it goes around him like its not touching him.
A: "So this is what they meant" .
A brings his right arm down for a chop but Sunaarashi uppercuts A's arm breaking it when colliding. Killer B rushes past with a few of the 8-tails tails out grabbing Sunaarashi. He spins getting ready to throw Sunaarashi but as he does the tails are cleanly cut and Sunaarashi still stands with A pinned to the wall as the tails fall the ground.
Darui and Omoi have rushed in swords drawn going for Sunaarashi, liquid starts dripping from Sunaarashis hand.
A with his broken arm throws a punch hitting Sunaarashi in the face knocking him away. Sunaarashi has a smile on his face. Gaara suddenly starts looking around him in a small panic. Then people start hearing rattling. Kakashi realises the noise is the buildings, Sunaarashi is planning on lifting all the buildings with metal foundations. The playground starts bending where it's connected with bolts and parts are busting/buckling. A feels his Lightning Release Chakra Mode start to move oddly.
A: "Not even the Magnet release users in my village are this powerful".
- The ground shakes. This stalls everyone, then Nihirizumu claps loudly.
Nihirizumu: "Everyone to calm down, lets not get to excited here".
Gesshoku is looking into the crowd with a puzzled look.
Gesshoku: "Hey Princess, where is the Police Force, I haven't seen any of them".
She doesn't answer.
Gesshoku: "Fine, Nihirizumu can you sense any Uchiha?".
Nihirizumu looks around.
Nihirizumu: "There is only one, it is related to Fugaku, also that woman is the mother".
He points to Sakura.
Sunaarashi: "What, no Uchiha. But they fun to fight in groups".
- Mei: "Brother, how come you look the same from when I last saw you?".
Sunaarashi: "I have aged a bit, I was in his teens when I was on the run. Now I'm more physically in my twenties. We had something done to how our bodies work".
He then looks to Gesshoku.
Nihirizumu: "It seem we age slower, but it's all just looks and internally we are our proper ages, well kind of".
Gesshoku laughs.
- More ninja start showing up with one going to Kakashi saying most of the village has been evacuated. It's mostly older ninja who have returned as back up after the earthquake.
A voice is heard with a shocked tone: "Gesshoku?".
It's Hiashi Hyūga with Hanabi next to him.
These older generation ninja are mostly looking shocked. Sakura's father Kizashi on the roof top of a building is there with a stunned face.
Gesshoku: "Looks like the interesting ones have finally shown up".
- Gesshoku starts laughing.
Kibas mother, Shino's father and other parents of the Konoha 11 are shocked to see him.
Gesshoku: "I've been waiting to see the people who bullied me, the outsider who had an older sister that would beat up other people who mocked her. you all needed to vent your anger out on the next best thing, the young mutant. I had years by myself with no interactions and thought my only friends were dead. Revenge was the only thing on my mind".
With cold eyes he looks to the group of ninja.
- Kurama: "He's not lying, I can feel a lot of hostility".
- Gesshoku quickly goes back to cheerful smiling.
Gesshoku: "It's all in the past now, my friends are alive".
He then looks at Tsunade, making her flinch.
Gesshoku: "Where is my sister?".
- Naruto: "Both mum and dad died saving me".
Gesshoku: "They died. How?".
Gesshoku puts on a worried face.
Naruto: "It was done by Kurama".
Kurama: "Well, you are not wrong with that".
Gesshoku: "I think that name sounds familiar, from back in Uzushiogakure. Hey nephew, come over here".
Naruto: "I won't be doing that".
- Naruto is suddenly swept feet first in the direction to Gesshoku.
Darui swings his sword in the air then looks at Sunaarashi.
Naruto falls to the ground.
Kankurō: "He's using puppet strings that were hidden under ground".
Sunaarashi: "I have two hands".
He then swings his left-hand which flings Naruto violently.
Rock Lee in 6th gate appears between Naruto and Gesshoku, Kakashi with Lightning Cutter attacking. Gaaras sand is grabbing Naruto hips pulling him back.
Gesshoku enters 7th gate and pushes past Kakashi and Lee grabbing Naruto by his neck. Quickly dark marks start appearing on Naruto and his nine-tails cloak activates.
Gesshoku: "Hey Nine-Tails, you were there so who is Kurama?".
The Nine-Tails chakra attacks Gesshoku pushing him back. Kakashi and Lee continue their attack, Nihirizumu suddenly kicks Kakashi away and Gesshoku knocks Lee away and then turns off his 7th gate.
- A fox head made from chakra stares at Gesshoku, he looks at his hand, it has markings on it that start to vanish. He looks up confused.
Gesshoku: "The Nine-Tails isn't sealed in nephew, it's just residing in him".
Nihirizumu: "That would explain why I can't feel a seal on him".
- Purple like smoke starts emitting from Gesshoku.
Tsunade: "Get him out of the village!".
Kurama: "Naruto, stop him now!".
Naruto jumps forward but suddenly Sunaarashi is on his side in 6th gate, he punches Naruto away. Lee still in 6th gate attacks Sunaarashi but is effortlessly grabbed and thrown away. A wave of sand rushes in. It is blocked my a mass of liquid, silver in colour.
Sunnarashi smiles with his hand reached out.
Gesshoku puts up a hand sign 'Poison Style: Mimic - Water Severing Wave'.
A purple like liquid is sprayed out of his mouth in a high-pressure stream pierces through Gaaras sand over the crowd's head cutting into the buildings.
- Purple liquid drops on the ground from Gesshoku body, he claps his hands 'Poison Style: Mimic - Nativity of a World of Trees', the liquid starts forming into purple tree like roots. It grows forming what looks like trees, buildings start tipping over to make room. when they stop growing Gesshoku stands on top of it all, Sunaarashi and Nihirizumu float next to him.
- Naruto in his nine-tails cloak appears behind Gesshoku with a Rasengan in hand but as he pushes it Nihirizumu hits Naruto Rasengan with his own Rasengan. The two Rasengan colliding make a gust of wind that knocks them both away. Naruto lands on the ground and Nihirizumu stops in the air.
Naruto: "How do they know how to use the Rasengan?".
Gesshoku: "Minato taught me, then I taught them".
Sunaarashi makes a Rasengan too just to show he can do it too.
Naruto: "It's been a long time and it's been improved, I can do something that dad never could do".
Naruto summons clones and makes Wind Style: Rasenshuriken.
Sunaarashi: "Oh wow, that does look dangerous".
Nihirizumu: "I don't like that, don't let that hit you".
Gesshoku: "I compliment you for doing something Minato couldn't do. but how do you think Minato knew he could mix a nature into it?".
Kakashi is shocked to hear this.
Gesshoku makes a Rasengan, it starts turning purple and extending horizontally at two points then says: "Poison Style: Rasenspear".
The two next to him are shocked and back away as he lifts it behind him in a stance.
Naruto quickly throws his and Gesshoku also throws his own. They collide in the air, the Rasenshuriken expands violently and a huge pillar of poison spinning like the Rasenshuriken shoots out into the ground and the air. When it dies down there is a hole in the ground the poison pillar created.
Naruto shocked as Gesshoku smiles looking down on him.
- Sunaarashi: "This has been interesting does anyone have anything else interesting to show?".
Naruto speaks up saying he has one more move and creates a lot of shadow clones. They all jump at the three.
Sunaarashi: "Thats boring".
Naruto: "Harem Technique".
Sakura, Kakashi and Tsunade are internally calling Naruto an idiot with others also reacting.
Sunaarashi laughs and Nihirizumu is shocked.
- The poison tree they suddenly has spikes shooting out from it in all directions with even the ninja on the ground having to dodge it. The shadow clones disperse after getting impaled and Gesshoku is holding a normal Naruto by the neck.
Naruto: "Why didn't it effect you?".
Gesshoku: "I can't see family like that".
He then throws Naruto to the ground.
- Sunaarashi: "That was funny at least".
Gesshoku: "hmm, I wonder if I can do it too".
Tsunade thinks to herself: "they really are related".
Gesshoku puts up a hand sign and transforms he is in the same outfit as before.
Gesshoku: "How do I look?".
Nihirizumu: "You look near identical to your sister".
Sunaarashi: "My turn".
He then has a go, but when he does it there is no smoke effect and no clothes, he looks like Mei but taller and with dark-blue hair.
Mei: "Brother!".
Gesshoku: "Do you even have shame?".
Then they both look at Nihirizumu.
Nihirizumu: "No".
Nihirizumu then floats away, the other two still transformed laugh and float after him.
- They stop high in the air as Kurotsuchi, Kitsuchi and Akatsuchi have floated up after them.
Kitsuchi: "Brother, wait".
Nihirizumu looks down at him then turns around punching the air right behind him. Cracks start forming in the air and spread all over the sky. On the ground they see these cracks in the sky and are confused. The Sky shatters, a few ninja on the ground fall.
Kakashi: "Find all members of the Yamanaka Clan, the barrier has been completely broken they are connected to it".
- Gesshoku still transformed: "Poison Style: Toxic Flood".
- The poison tree starts melting becoming liquid. Gaara forms a sand wall to stop the poison from flowing more into the village. A purple mist starts emitting from the pool.
Kakashi: "We have to cover it".
Ōnoki shows up and puts an earth style like coffin around the pool.
Mei uses her lava to coat it and cover even the smallest of cracks.
Medical ninja are over helping A with his broken arm.
- The three float through the cracks in the sky leaving the Iwaga ninja looking at the mess below.
Sunaarashi: "Looks like your third ninja war has yet to conclude".
Last edited:
P.4 Prepare
P.4 Prepare
- Repairs are happening in the surrounding area of what has been damaged, Kakashi stands over the coffin containing the pool of poison. He looks around, Tsunade is talking to ninja who head off, likely to help the village, the other Kage are talking to each other with A still getting his arm treated, Naruto who is looking at the hole in the ground that's getting filled in. Kakashi thinks to himself that he's not acting like a Kage, a leader, someone the village can trust. He walks over to Tsunade.
Kakashi: "I got this".
Worried she goes to reply but stops herself, she sees a look on him that puts her at ease and she smiles.
Tsunade: "The hospital will be needing some help, I will head there".
Kakashi soon gets ninja coming up to him and he starts guiding them on what to do.
- Sometime later the Kakashi lets the people back into the village but has closed off the area with the coffin.
- The Kage are back in the meeting room.
Kakashi: "I think it's time to announce what happened and prepare to stop the three".
Gaara: "I believe the people need to know what's happening, but they need to know we will work together to fix this".
Ōnoki: "I agree, if only we treated the three like Akatsuki with the Fourth War from the start all those years ago. This wouldn't be happening but back then being individual villages was just as important then anything else, times are changing and we need to address this. Also I would like to get home and prepare to announce my retirement".
Gaara: "A joint world, not a ninja army is what the we needs not just the ninja but the people need to be on our side. This announcement will open many old wounds".
Mei and A agree.
Kakashi: "We should inform other hidden villages of this and put out a public warning".
Mei: "That might not be a smart idea, many of the smaller villages in the Third War got hit hard".
Kakashi: "Why don't we put them out as 'Beyond S-rank Missing-nin', that will make all the villages know that they are incredibly dangerous, more so if all Kage sign off on it".
A: "This the first case of international Missing-nin?".
Kakashi: "To make it more convincing, lets get the Daimyōs to also sign it too".
Ōnoki: "That might make it seem like they are trying to start a war".
Kakashi: "We already caused one, I'm sure the Daimyōs remember the costs of the Third War, they should be happy to finish this".
Ōnoki: "This might be a problem for me, the Daimyō accepted Nihirizumu being the Fourth just before the war, even knows him. I has a lot to do in a short time when I gets back".
- After the meeting as the other Kage's head off back to their villages Tsunade comes up to Kakashi.
Kakashi: "How's the situation at the hospital?".
Tsunade: "It's busy, almost all of the Yamanaka Clan showed up. Also Sai is showing the effects of Sunaarashis attacks, it's severe but thanks Ebizō we can battle it".
Kakashi: "Now all I have to do is prepare to inform the people of the situation".
Tsunade: "You saw the war, I worry how the generation who fought in the war will react to this, much more so with the ones who were involved in the Forrest of Death incident".
Kakashi: "Are you alright? Now I'm looking at the bigger picture I see you seem to working over bored".
Tsunade: "Since I first saw them I've been having trouble sleeping, it's Gesshoku, he scares me".
Kakashi: "I wont ask you to be in the front, but I will not stop you from helping any way you want. But can I ask you to help me by getting Ikkyū Madoka to come to village?".
- After a few days and a meeting with the current Daimyō Ikkyū Madoka, Kakashi is telling a large group of ninja and regular citizens of what is now happening, who the people are.
Some of the crowd already know from the ones who shown up on the scene later.
The older members are angry or stunned by what is being told.
Kakashi assures the crowd that this isn't something they will be facing alone, that other villages have agreed help and this will not become the same thing as last time.
The younger shinobi are all behind the words but the older generation is showing hesitancy.
- The Third War was different compared to the first two and even the Fourth.
The First War was started by taking resources from other countries and other hidden villages.
The Second War was over territories and borders.
The Third War was more or less a build up of issues from the previous two, not helped with the three activities just prior.
The Fourth War was to go against a greater threat.
- The other Kage are setting up to do the same as what Kakashi had done after arriving back to their villages.
- Ōnoki is talking to the Land of Earth Daimyō.
Ōnoki: "Would you be able to publicly attend my retirement and succession?".
The is annoyed having been told what's happened.
Daimyō: "I saw that boy grow up to succed you, I could see his potential. When is this going to happen".
Ōnoki: "I plan on doing this as soon as possible and it can be done in a few hours. I've already requested a village wide announcement to be held".
Daimyō: "Not having a Kekkei Tōta user as the Tsuchikage is going to make the village look weak compared to older times".
Ōnoki: "Such ideas are for places ready for war and that the village needs a younger face to bring them into a world for unity and peace, not a leader who just being alive scares the others".
Daimyō: "Old age must of really changed us. Who do you plan on becoming the true 4th?". Ōnoki: "My granddaughter, a new face to last in a new era".
- Hanabi is walking around when she hears her father Hiashi mumbling to himself.
Hanabi: "Everything all good?".
Hiashi sighs: "I just had a meeting with clan members and they are not happy".
Hanabi sits down next to him.
Hanabi: "Is it something to do with the people who attacked the village. Since then you have been more on edge".
Hiashi: "Please, don't go and help hunt them. I don't want to lose more to him".
Hanabi: "More?".
Hiashi: "During the Third War they lost about 80% of the Hyūga clan, both main and branch members. But we lost about 50% of them just before the war".
Hanabi: "I know we lost a lot of members in the war but before the war too?"
Hiashi: "All because of one man. Do you remember who the four noble clans are?".
Hanabi: "The Aburame, Akimichi, Hyūga and Uchiha clans".
Hiashi: "Correct, now, why are the Senju clan is not one of them?".
She has no answer.
Hiashi: "After the 1st and 2nd wars the Senju clan were left with only the children and grandchildren of the 1st and 2nd Hokage. When the Forrest of Death incident happened all members but one showed up to help, all of them died".
This shocks Hanabi who sees Tsunade in her mind.
Hiashi: "This incident caused the death of many ninja in their prime, we had no ninja for the war itself, we even had to start using children to fight our battles".
Hanabi: " I understanding you worry but I must do this, like the ninja who died in all the wars they did it to protect their villages and family, just like cousin Neji. I have a niece and nephew, I will help make a future safe for them".
Hiashi: "You have grown up very strong".
She smiles at him.
- Forrest of Death incident - One man, Gesshoku Uzumaki 'Diseased Memory', alone attacked the village of Konohagakure. The battle lasted one night with many of the Konoha shinobi force dying trying to stop him. Many clans lost members with the Hyūga and Uchiha clans losing the most.
Uchiha clan, lost it's head and his wife. This put Fugaku Uchiha as temperary head during the war.
Hyūga clan, the heads wife lost her life with many of the branch members dying.
Senju clan, lost all remaining members but Tsunade.
Sannin members Jiraiya and Orochimaru with Third Hokage Hiruzen Sarutobi were on the front line and did the most preventing further damage.
The incident lead to a shortage in shinobi for the upcoming war with the other villages.
The surrounding forest become extremely toxic and was closed off for several years before becoming safe enough to enter. The poison contaminating the area make the flora and fauna more dangerous.
Currently no one can stay more than a few days.
- In Iwagakure the people gather waiting for something.
There is much chattering in the crowd, Kurotsuchi and Kitsuchi watch the people from a higher platform.
In another building the Daimyō watches on.
After a small while Ōnoki stands with his son and granddaughter as the crowd cheers, he floats up in front of the crowd with a little device, a speaker to carry his voice.
Ōnoki: "I would like to thank everyone for coming out but I am here to announce my final mission as Third Tsuchikage".
The crowd talks among itself before he gets them to calm down to continue.
Ōnoki: "First I would like to declare who I have chosen to be the Fourth, I am proud to announce...".
The crowd gasps, the talking starts up as Ōnoki tries to calmly calm the crowd down.
Kurotsuchi yells out just loud enough for Ōnoki to hear that she has said something but not what she said. He turns to face her but a figure is in his way.
Floating now in front of him is Nihirizumu, he started appearing out of thin air behind Ōnoki.
Most people know who Nihirizumu is, the Seconds grandson and only descendant, the next Kekkei Tōta user, member of the Explosion Corps and raised by the Third.
Some of the younger members of the crowd don't recognize him but anyone old enough to know him are shocked to see a dead man now alive.
- Kitsuchi turns to Kurotsuchi.
Kitsuchi: "Go, inform the other Kage that there is an emergency!".
Kurotsuchi runs off and goes to a room full of jars and screens. She panic turns on the screens and waits for something to happen, the screens flicker before each show a shinobi from the other major villages.
Kurotsuchi: "We need help, Nihirizumu has shown up, this is an emergency. We...".
The signal starts getting bad as she talked and connection is lost.
frustrated being cut off she tries fixing the connection, nothing. She can only hope the message was sent. She runs outside to an empty yard, there are two platforms, one with a lightning symbol and one with a fire symbol.
- The other villages did get the message, but it was broken.
Kurotsuchi: "We... elp... umu... up... emer...".
Though it wasn't understandable, her face through the static said enough before it got cut off.
- Gaara prepares to get a large group of ninja to send to help the citizens of Iwagakure, he assigns Kankurō as leader.
- Mei being so far away can't do much but send a few shinobi to help with the aftermath.
- A is talking to his assistant, a family member of his old assistant Mabui and preparing the Heavenly Transfer Technique, Killer B walks in.
Killer B: "I will be joining".
The assistant and A say he wouldn't be able to survive the transfer.
Killer B goes into his version 2 of his tailed beast mode.
Killer B: "This will protect me".
Gyūki: "I'm unsure about this".
Killer B ignores Gyūki.
- Kakashi is preparing the Flying Thunder Formation Technique with Genma Shiranui, Raidō Namiashi and Iwashi Tatami.
Tsunade: "I want to help, I don't need to fight but can help with anything medical related".
Kakashi goes to say something but then Naruto shows.
Naruto: "I want to join too".
Genma: "Bringing two people might be hard on us as it is, a third might be impossible".
Naruto enters his Nine-Tails Chakra Mode and grabs Genma's shoulder giving him a tailed beast cloak.
Naruto: "This will keep us together".
- Ōnoki: "What are you doing here?".
Nihirizumu floats around over the crowd.
Nihirizumu: "Where is my old home?".
Ōnoki: "You have no home after what you did".
Nihirizumu: "When was it against the village to become friends with other villages?".
Ōnoki: "It's not about who you became friends with, it's that you showed them things only Iwagakure should know. You leaked village secret techniques to other villages!".
Nihirizumu: "Do you really think that. During the war I supposedly started had you ever seen anyone besides my friends use those techniques?".
Ōnoki is taken aback by this and can be seen pondering.
Nihirizumu: "Did people from Iwagakure use techniques from the other villages that they shared to me? Much like how I never told anyone their secrets they never told mine".
Ōnoki stumbles when speaking: "There is no absolute proof in the words you speak".
Nihirizumu: "We both know you have always taken full advantage of any post-war or battle situation to assure the dominance of Iwagakure by quickly seizing control of the resultant spoils. That's a things my own grandfather did. Much like how you caused the death of the Third Raikage".
This claim makes the crowd starts talking and even makes the Daimyō stand up.
Nihirizumu: "I did some research after breaking out, after my alleged death Kumogakure was demanding to find out why the Third Raikage died. I heard some outlandish reasoning that blames everyone, not you. This unrest made a huge rift that lead to all countries fighting".
The crowed has become silent in listening to the argument. Nihirizumu takes advantage of this silence.
Nihirizumu: "I should add that the destruction of Uzushiogakure sure wouldn't have been a problem to just accidently happen too right?".
Ōnoki: "Dont imply!...".
Nihirizumu: "You betrayed a joint effort of four villages to capture just three people and destroyed a whole other village! You betrayed a fellow Kage in a joint effort to stop one person, me! You lied so you don't take the blame by yourself and then every other country felt the pain of the fall out!".
Daimyō watching on: "This better not be true".
Nihirizumu: "You betrayed a person who looked up to you, you hunted him down by sending other villages and people to die instead".
Ōnoki feels all eyes looking at him.
Ōnoki: "This is not true, you are taking this way out of context. The villages are now more closer together then ever before and you will not prevent this future. This for it's for the best".
Ōnoki brings his hands up.
- Suddenly a huge mass of darkness appears from behind the Tsuchikage building.
The crowd starts panicking.
Ōnoki: "What did you do!?".
Nihirizumu: "Since you can call your friends to help, I can ask my friends to stop them".
- Repairs are happening in the surrounding area of what has been damaged, Kakashi stands over the coffin containing the pool of poison. He looks around, Tsunade is talking to ninja who head off, likely to help the village, the other Kage are talking to each other with A still getting his arm treated, Naruto who is looking at the hole in the ground that's getting filled in. Kakashi thinks to himself that he's not acting like a Kage, a leader, someone the village can trust. He walks over to Tsunade.
Kakashi: "I got this".
Worried she goes to reply but stops herself, she sees a look on him that puts her at ease and she smiles.
Tsunade: "The hospital will be needing some help, I will head there".
Kakashi soon gets ninja coming up to him and he starts guiding them on what to do.
- Sometime later the Kakashi lets the people back into the village but has closed off the area with the coffin.
- The Kage are back in the meeting room.
Kakashi: "I think it's time to announce what happened and prepare to stop the three".
Gaara: "I believe the people need to know what's happening, but they need to know we will work together to fix this".
Ōnoki: "I agree, if only we treated the three like Akatsuki with the Fourth War from the start all those years ago. This wouldn't be happening but back then being individual villages was just as important then anything else, times are changing and we need to address this. Also I would like to get home and prepare to announce my retirement".
Gaara: "A joint world, not a ninja army is what the we needs not just the ninja but the people need to be on our side. This announcement will open many old wounds".
Mei and A agree.
Kakashi: "We should inform other hidden villages of this and put out a public warning".
Mei: "That might not be a smart idea, many of the smaller villages in the Third War got hit hard".
Kakashi: "Why don't we put them out as 'Beyond S-rank Missing-nin', that will make all the villages know that they are incredibly dangerous, more so if all Kage sign off on it".
A: "This the first case of international Missing-nin?".
Kakashi: "To make it more convincing, lets get the Daimyōs to also sign it too".
Ōnoki: "That might make it seem like they are trying to start a war".
Kakashi: "We already caused one, I'm sure the Daimyōs remember the costs of the Third War, they should be happy to finish this".
Ōnoki: "This might be a problem for me, the Daimyō accepted Nihirizumu being the Fourth just before the war, even knows him. I has a lot to do in a short time when I gets back".
- After the meeting as the other Kage's head off back to their villages Tsunade comes up to Kakashi.
Kakashi: "How's the situation at the hospital?".
Tsunade: "It's busy, almost all of the Yamanaka Clan showed up. Also Sai is showing the effects of Sunaarashis attacks, it's severe but thanks Ebizō we can battle it".
Kakashi: "Now all I have to do is prepare to inform the people of the situation".
Tsunade: "You saw the war, I worry how the generation who fought in the war will react to this, much more so with the ones who were involved in the Forrest of Death incident".
Kakashi: "Are you alright? Now I'm looking at the bigger picture I see you seem to working over bored".
Tsunade: "Since I first saw them I've been having trouble sleeping, it's Gesshoku, he scares me".
Kakashi: "I wont ask you to be in the front, but I will not stop you from helping any way you want. But can I ask you to help me by getting Ikkyū Madoka to come to village?".
- After a few days and a meeting with the current Daimyō Ikkyū Madoka, Kakashi is telling a large group of ninja and regular citizens of what is now happening, who the people are.
Some of the crowd already know from the ones who shown up on the scene later.
The older members are angry or stunned by what is being told.
Kakashi assures the crowd that this isn't something they will be facing alone, that other villages have agreed help and this will not become the same thing as last time.
The younger shinobi are all behind the words but the older generation is showing hesitancy.
- The Third War was different compared to the first two and even the Fourth.
The First War was started by taking resources from other countries and other hidden villages.
The Second War was over territories and borders.
The Third War was more or less a build up of issues from the previous two, not helped with the three activities just prior.
The Fourth War was to go against a greater threat.
- The other Kage are setting up to do the same as what Kakashi had done after arriving back to their villages.
- Ōnoki is talking to the Land of Earth Daimyō.
Ōnoki: "Would you be able to publicly attend my retirement and succession?".
The is annoyed having been told what's happened.
Daimyō: "I saw that boy grow up to succed you, I could see his potential. When is this going to happen".
Ōnoki: "I plan on doing this as soon as possible and it can be done in a few hours. I've already requested a village wide announcement to be held".
Daimyō: "Not having a Kekkei Tōta user as the Tsuchikage is going to make the village look weak compared to older times".
Ōnoki: "Such ideas are for places ready for war and that the village needs a younger face to bring them into a world for unity and peace, not a leader who just being alive scares the others".
Daimyō: "Old age must of really changed us. Who do you plan on becoming the true 4th?". Ōnoki: "My granddaughter, a new face to last in a new era".
- Hanabi is walking around when she hears her father Hiashi mumbling to himself.
Hanabi: "Everything all good?".
Hiashi sighs: "I just had a meeting with clan members and they are not happy".
Hanabi sits down next to him.
Hanabi: "Is it something to do with the people who attacked the village. Since then you have been more on edge".
Hiashi: "Please, don't go and help hunt them. I don't want to lose more to him".
Hanabi: "More?".
Hiashi: "During the Third War they lost about 80% of the Hyūga clan, both main and branch members. But we lost about 50% of them just before the war".
Hanabi: "I know we lost a lot of members in the war but before the war too?"
Hiashi: "All because of one man. Do you remember who the four noble clans are?".
Hanabi: "The Aburame, Akimichi, Hyūga and Uchiha clans".
Hiashi: "Correct, now, why are the Senju clan is not one of them?".
She has no answer.
Hiashi: "After the 1st and 2nd wars the Senju clan were left with only the children and grandchildren of the 1st and 2nd Hokage. When the Forrest of Death incident happened all members but one showed up to help, all of them died".
This shocks Hanabi who sees Tsunade in her mind.
Hiashi: "This incident caused the death of many ninja in their prime, we had no ninja for the war itself, we even had to start using children to fight our battles".
Hanabi: " I understanding you worry but I must do this, like the ninja who died in all the wars they did it to protect their villages and family, just like cousin Neji. I have a niece and nephew, I will help make a future safe for them".
Hiashi: "You have grown up very strong".
She smiles at him.
- Forrest of Death incident - One man, Gesshoku Uzumaki 'Diseased Memory', alone attacked the village of Konohagakure. The battle lasted one night with many of the Konoha shinobi force dying trying to stop him. Many clans lost members with the Hyūga and Uchiha clans losing the most.
Uchiha clan, lost it's head and his wife. This put Fugaku Uchiha as temperary head during the war.
Hyūga clan, the heads wife lost her life with many of the branch members dying.
Senju clan, lost all remaining members but Tsunade.
Sannin members Jiraiya and Orochimaru with Third Hokage Hiruzen Sarutobi were on the front line and did the most preventing further damage.
The incident lead to a shortage in shinobi for the upcoming war with the other villages.
The surrounding forest become extremely toxic and was closed off for several years before becoming safe enough to enter. The poison contaminating the area make the flora and fauna more dangerous.
Currently no one can stay more than a few days.
- In Iwagakure the people gather waiting for something.
There is much chattering in the crowd, Kurotsuchi and Kitsuchi watch the people from a higher platform.
In another building the Daimyō watches on.
After a small while Ōnoki stands with his son and granddaughter as the crowd cheers, he floats up in front of the crowd with a little device, a speaker to carry his voice.
Ōnoki: "I would like to thank everyone for coming out but I am here to announce my final mission as Third Tsuchikage".
The crowd talks among itself before he gets them to calm down to continue.
Ōnoki: "First I would like to declare who I have chosen to be the Fourth, I am proud to announce...".
The crowd gasps, the talking starts up as Ōnoki tries to calmly calm the crowd down.
Kurotsuchi yells out just loud enough for Ōnoki to hear that she has said something but not what she said. He turns to face her but a figure is in his way.
Floating now in front of him is Nihirizumu, he started appearing out of thin air behind Ōnoki.
Most people know who Nihirizumu is, the Seconds grandson and only descendant, the next Kekkei Tōta user, member of the Explosion Corps and raised by the Third.
Some of the younger members of the crowd don't recognize him but anyone old enough to know him are shocked to see a dead man now alive.
- Kitsuchi turns to Kurotsuchi.
Kitsuchi: "Go, inform the other Kage that there is an emergency!".
Kurotsuchi runs off and goes to a room full of jars and screens. She panic turns on the screens and waits for something to happen, the screens flicker before each show a shinobi from the other major villages.
Kurotsuchi: "We need help, Nihirizumu has shown up, this is an emergency. We...".
The signal starts getting bad as she talked and connection is lost.
frustrated being cut off she tries fixing the connection, nothing. She can only hope the message was sent. She runs outside to an empty yard, there are two platforms, one with a lightning symbol and one with a fire symbol.
- The other villages did get the message, but it was broken.
Kurotsuchi: "We... elp... umu... up... emer...".
Though it wasn't understandable, her face through the static said enough before it got cut off.
- Gaara prepares to get a large group of ninja to send to help the citizens of Iwagakure, he assigns Kankurō as leader.
- Mei being so far away can't do much but send a few shinobi to help with the aftermath.
- A is talking to his assistant, a family member of his old assistant Mabui and preparing the Heavenly Transfer Technique, Killer B walks in.
Killer B: "I will be joining".
The assistant and A say he wouldn't be able to survive the transfer.
Killer B goes into his version 2 of his tailed beast mode.
Killer B: "This will protect me".
Gyūki: "I'm unsure about this".
Killer B ignores Gyūki.
- Kakashi is preparing the Flying Thunder Formation Technique with Genma Shiranui, Raidō Namiashi and Iwashi Tatami.
Tsunade: "I want to help, I don't need to fight but can help with anything medical related".
Kakashi goes to say something but then Naruto shows.
Naruto: "I want to join too".
Genma: "Bringing two people might be hard on us as it is, a third might be impossible".
Naruto enters his Nine-Tails Chakra Mode and grabs Genma's shoulder giving him a tailed beast cloak.
Naruto: "This will keep us together".
- Ōnoki: "What are you doing here?".
Nihirizumu floats around over the crowd.
Nihirizumu: "Where is my old home?".
Ōnoki: "You have no home after what you did".
Nihirizumu: "When was it against the village to become friends with other villages?".
Ōnoki: "It's not about who you became friends with, it's that you showed them things only Iwagakure should know. You leaked village secret techniques to other villages!".
Nihirizumu: "Do you really think that. During the war I supposedly started had you ever seen anyone besides my friends use those techniques?".
Ōnoki is taken aback by this and can be seen pondering.
Nihirizumu: "Did people from Iwagakure use techniques from the other villages that they shared to me? Much like how I never told anyone their secrets they never told mine".
Ōnoki stumbles when speaking: "There is no absolute proof in the words you speak".
Nihirizumu: "We both know you have always taken full advantage of any post-war or battle situation to assure the dominance of Iwagakure by quickly seizing control of the resultant spoils. That's a things my own grandfather did. Much like how you caused the death of the Third Raikage".
This claim makes the crowd starts talking and even makes the Daimyō stand up.
Nihirizumu: "I did some research after breaking out, after my alleged death Kumogakure was demanding to find out why the Third Raikage died. I heard some outlandish reasoning that blames everyone, not you. This unrest made a huge rift that lead to all countries fighting".
The crowed has become silent in listening to the argument. Nihirizumu takes advantage of this silence.
Nihirizumu: "I should add that the destruction of Uzushiogakure sure wouldn't have been a problem to just accidently happen too right?".
Ōnoki: "Dont imply!...".
Nihirizumu: "You betrayed a joint effort of four villages to capture just three people and destroyed a whole other village! You betrayed a fellow Kage in a joint effort to stop one person, me! You lied so you don't take the blame by yourself and then every other country felt the pain of the fall out!".
Daimyō watching on: "This better not be true".
Nihirizumu: "You betrayed a person who looked up to you, you hunted him down by sending other villages and people to die instead".
Ōnoki feels all eyes looking at him.
Ōnoki: "This is not true, you are taking this way out of context. The villages are now more closer together then ever before and you will not prevent this future. This for it's for the best".
Ōnoki brings his hands up.
- Suddenly a huge mass of darkness appears from behind the Tsuchikage building.
The crowd starts panicking.
Ōnoki: "What did you do!?".
Nihirizumu: "Since you can call your friends to help, I can ask my friends to stop them".
Last edited:
P.5 Unprepared
P.5 Unprepared
- Genma Shiranui, Raidō Namiashi and Iwashi Tatami stand around Naruto, Tsunade and Kakashi arms out with a nine tail cloak surrounding them. Genma takes a deep breath.
Genma: "lets hope this works".
They vanish from where they were.
Shikamaru who was watching this happen sighs and wishes them luck.
- They land and it's impossible to see.
Naruto: "Hello?".
Kakashi: "I'm right next to you".
Naruto feels and arm touch him but can't tell whos it is.
Genma: "Did it fail?".
- Suddenly a loud sound. hits around them.
Killer B: "Weeee AHHHHHH!".
Killer Bs cheer slowly turns into yelling of pain.
A: "Did something go wrong?".
Kakashi: "It seems to of worked".
A: "Kakashi. Where are you?".
- Kurama: "Hmm, this doesn't feel right".
Gyūki: "I wonder what is happening".
Naruto and Killer B are listening in silence.
- Tsunade: "it's Bringer-of-Darkness Technique!".
- Unknown voice: "And we have a winner".
- Suddenly they feel a shift.
Everyone is then blinded and are falling.
- The mass of darkness starts to vanish from where Ōnoki can see.
Ōnoki: "What did they do?".
Nihirizumu: "They have been taken away. Don't worry, no one from outside the village will cause any damage here".
Ōnoki is angry and goes to yell something.
Nihirizumu: "It seems your granddaughter also got caught in it".
Ōnoki is in shock hearing this.
Ōnoki: "Kitsuchi, go see what's happened!".
Kitsuchi runs as Ōnoki then turns to Nihirizumu clearly angry, reaches his arms out and starts to uses Dust Release.
Ōnoki: "I will do what I couldn't do before".
Nihirizumu smiles and starts slowly becoming invisible.
Ōnoki: "I was looking at you, not just me a lot of the village too, how did you become invisible?".
Nihirizumu: "I never said I couldn't do this, you just assumed so because I never corrected you".
- Blinded and falling Naruto is confused as to what is happening.
Suddenly he is grabbed by something and pulled back.
Sight starts returning he sees a tentacle wrapped around him.
Killer B starts appearing in his vision.
Naruto: "What happened?".
Killer B: "We have been moved, but don't worry I could see everything".
Killer B points to his sun glasses.
Naruto vision is clear and in most of Killer Bs tails he is holding a person in each, he puts everyone he got a hold on down.
It's now people notice Kurotsuchi is also with them.
- Tsunade goes over to Kurotsuchi to see if she's alright.
Kurotsuchi: "They captured me, I watched them do something with the teleportation area".
- Looking in front Gesshoku and Sunaarashi are standing.
Gesshoku is rubbing his eyes complaining about how he too was blinded as Sunaarashi just laughs.
- Tsunade: "Now that i think about it, back when they were being hunted they would somehow vanish. Could it be because Gesshoku can use Space–Time Ninjutsu?".
Gesshoku: "It's true that I did train with Minato for just a little but it seems he finished it and then passed it onto Genma, Raidō and Iwashi after I was gone. But I can't use Space–Time Ninjutsu properly, I just knows the formula. Sunaarashi however can use it but needs the formula to use it, so its a two person Flying Thunder Formation Technique".
- A looks around and wonders where they landed. There is stone, sand and very few trees.
A: "Where were we taken to?".
Gesshoku: "I dunno, I never learnt that far. It will just throw us in a random spot".
Sunaarashi: "I'm amazed we haven't accidently killed ourselves yet. But let we see where we are".
Sunaarashihe then starts floating up, he goes quite far into the air before coming back down.
Sunaarashi: "From the topography it looks like they are south of Ishigakure".
- Kakashi: "Genma, can you get us back to Iwagakure?".
Genma: "It might be a bit hard as Raidō landed pretty hard and looks injured".
Tsunade comes over to look at him.
Tsunade: "He's broken a few ribs and fractured his arm".
- Sunaarashi: "Now I'm not the kind of person to say this but trying to leave is not a smart idea, you should just continue with just sitting and waiting, it will be the most beneficial for you all".
The look given back to Sunaarashi makes it obvious that they wont just sit and let this happen.
Sunaarashi: "Hey now, Nihirizumu was raised by the old man, was even agreed to be the 4th Tsuchikage by the old man and the Daimyō, he wont do anything like destroy the place. But then says that the old man might assume wrong and start using Dust Release".
Gesshoku: "Don't forget to add that he has a habit of taking advantages of disasters to make himself look good".
- Naruto enters Nine-Tails Chakra Mode.
Naruto: "You will have to try and stop us".
Sunaarashi: "Try? That is a strong word you to use, succeed and stop you more accurate" .
Sunaarashi then punches his fists together, Mercury spews around his fist half way up his forearm making gauntlets.
Killer B then goes into his Jinchūriki Form Version 1.
A puts on his Lightning Release Chakra Mode.
Gesshoku: "Everyone is powering up, how about me".
Gesshoku joins in by going into the 6th Gate.
- Kakashi: "Naruto and Killer B, You both can not fight Gesshoku, leave him to A and myself. Kurotsuchi, Sunaarashi might be a bad match up for you too, think you can help us?".
Kurotsuchi nods.
- Gesshoku: "Are you are thinking of trying to split us up into groups, if you want we can go over to another place".
Sunaarashi: "It's been a dream of mine to fight all Tailed Beasts and this will put me at now 6 wins".
Gesshoku laughs and jumps away.
Kakashi, A and Kurotsuchi follow Gesshoku.
- Sunaarashi: "Oi Eight-Tails, best you go into Version 2, Version 1 is to easy".
Killer B: "Confident aren't you".
Sunaarashi: "Your version is quite different, you look nothing like how Gesshoku described his sister".
Naruto jumps forward punching, Sunaarashi standing still grabs Narutos fist.
Killer B charges in from the side.
Sunaarashi: "Finally some power".
Sunaarashi throws Naruto to the side and with both hands collides with Killer B.
Sunaarashi is pushed back but now Killer Bs momentum stopped Sunaarashi starts pushing him back.
Killer B: "These gauntlets are protecting him from the burning effect the Tailed Beast chakra".
Naruto from behind charges with a Rasengan, Killer B hold Sunaarashi arms to keep him in place.
Naruto hits Sunaarashi in the back but then he jumps back.
Naruto: "That felt weird".
Sunaarashis shirt starts ripping as Mercury spikes start emerging from it, the shirt falls off and the Mercury forms armour around his body, the Mercury start traveling up his neck around his head forming a helmet.
Sunaarashi then headbutts Killer B making him jump back.
Killer B creates a bull's skull over his arm, Sunaarashi laughs and starts running towards him.
- Genma: "This is a battle not many would believe".
Tsunade: "It's not a battle, this is a man who isn't even trying".
- Killer B and Sunaarashi collide, the bull's skull hit directly in the center of Sunaarashi but the hit only makes a ripple like effect in the armour flowing to the back.
Killer B: "It was like hitting water and a mountain at the same time".
The weight behind the body was so much it stopped a direct hit.
Suddenly a mist starts emitting from Sunaarashi armour.
This makes Killer B jump back.
Naruto is above with two Rasengans and falls down onto Sunaarashi hitting him and bringing him to the ground.
The laying down body of Sunaarashi vanishes and reappears standing next to Naruto.
Naruto lunges at him but goes straight through him dispersing the body like a mist.
The body forms back and turns around throwing a punch at Naruto, it hits him bringing him to the ground.
Sunaarashi makes a Mercury sword and swings it to Naruto.
A large burst of chakra erupts from Naruto, Sunaarashi gets pushed up into the air, looking down he sees a foxes head, mouth open going to bite him.
As it bites down Sunaarashi vanishes and then is standing back next to Naruto.
He punches Naruto, it has an effect of really hitting him.
Killer B with a Lariat goes for Sunaarashis head, his arm goes through.
Killer B confused just sees Sunaarashis head form back together, and then he gets punched and hits the ground.
With anger Killer B goes full 8 Tails, this makes Sunaarashi jump back.
Killer B grabs Naruto, Tsunade and the others.
Killer B: "Hold on".
He wraps his tails around himself tightly and uses Tailed Beast Eight Twists.
Naruto and the rest feel the spin happen but then hear loud thuds, some close, some far. Killer B: "I failed".
Killer B opens his hands.
Naruto looking around sees a giant Mercury blade sticking from the ground and sees one of Gyūkis tails cut off a little bit away.
He turns to Killer B and sees all 8 tails have been cleanly cut off.
- Kakashi and A are exhausted as Kurotsuchi is too but is on the ground.
Gesshoku is floating in front of them still in the 6th gate.
A: "Something is strange with him".
Kakashi: "I agree, I have never seen someone fight this long in the 6th gate with no signs of draw backs".
Something large lands on the ground next to them kicking up dust.
Stalling for a second they look and see one of the 8-Tails tails.
A: "What could be happening over there?".
Gesshoku floats down next to the tail.
Gesshoku: "I've never seen the 8-Tails before".
Kakashi runs in but is pushed to the side and kicked away.
A follows quickly behind but is also stopped and punched away.
Kurotsuchi tries to help but it to exhausted.
Gesshoku forms a hand sign but suddenly stops.
He looks down and see a blade in his side, he follows the arm holding it and Killer B is half hanging out of the tail.
Gesshoku enters 7th gate and grabs Killer Bs arm.
Gesshoku: "You could of gone for my heart".
Killer B with a smile then explodes into ink, this completely covers Gesshoku with the blade still sticking in him.
A jumps in with a clean punch to Gesshokus head, Gesshoku falls face first to the ground hard.
A: "B, thanks for keeping a blade in the tails for if they get cut off".
A then rests his arm on a rock thinking to himself that its now worse.
Kakashi runs in and goes for the blade sticking in Gesshoku but before he can reach him Gesshoku lifts himself up quickly and a poison mist is emitting from his body.
The blade gets pulled out and then the pigmentation in Gesshokus skin starts darkening.
Kakashi: " Damn, this is the poison flowing through his muscles he will now be trying".
Kakashi is then pushed to the side by A. He then sees Gesshoku has gone past them and with a single punch punched a large rock into pieces.
The ink starts flowing off Gesshoku who turns and starts floating up. The poison is dripping off him but then he looks off into the distance.
Gesshoku: "Is that a frog?".
- Tsunade who has now joined the fight and is beaten up.
Tsunade: "We need to find the clam. Naruto can you really not sense were he is?".
Naruto: "I can only feel negative emotions and the only negative emotions I can feel is only coming from us".
Sunaarashi: "That because I'm having fun".
Suddenly Tsunade is thrown to the side and then Naruto feels a hit to the stomach and is hit into the air, he looks and sees what seems to be Sunaarashis body just watching.
Frustrated and sore Naruto yells.
Naruto: "Maybe a summon can find a summon".
Mid air he summons Gamakichi, who once summoned is surprised.
Gamakichi: "Why am I in the air?".
- They safely land on the ground with Naruto on Gamakichi head.
Gamakichi: "What's going on?.
Naruto stands up in anger and points to the apparent Sunaarashi.
Naruto: "We can't find him and his stupid clam he summoned".
Gamakichi is looking up at Naruto whos on his head.
Gamakichi: "He above you".
Naruto quickly turns and punches above him, he feels a collision but can't see it.
Tsunade watching is stunned with how this works.
Killer B laying on the ground cheers but follows up with an "ow".
Naruto: "I'm so smart, it's so obvious summons can tell where other summons are".
Gamakichi: "No, its not because of that but because of Senjutsu, I can feel were he is".
Naruto stalls for a second and then thinks to himself that Sage Mode should work then.
Sunaarashi: "I've heard of Senjutsu but never seen it, show it to me".
Naruto: "Just you wait, you will lose".
A smile of excitement shows up on the illusion of Sunaarashi.
Gamakichi turns his head, off balancing Naruto.
Naruto: "Can you please not move".
Gamakichi: "There is a problem, a weird ball of chakra is moving this way".
- Kakashi holding Kurotsuchi runs into the open with A close behind.
Kakashi looks at everyone and just looks in shock.
- On top of a very large rock a silhouette is standing with the sun directly behind it. It looks to have long ears pointing up.
- Gamakichi: "That's the weird ball of chakra".
- From behind the silhouette 6 tails pop up.
- Genma Shiranui, Raidō Namiashi and Iwashi Tatami stand around Naruto, Tsunade and Kakashi arms out with a nine tail cloak surrounding them. Genma takes a deep breath.
Genma: "lets hope this works".
They vanish from where they were.
Shikamaru who was watching this happen sighs and wishes them luck.
- They land and it's impossible to see.
Naruto: "Hello?".
Kakashi: "I'm right next to you".
Naruto feels and arm touch him but can't tell whos it is.
Genma: "Did it fail?".
- Suddenly a loud sound. hits around them.
Killer B: "Weeee AHHHHHH!".
Killer Bs cheer slowly turns into yelling of pain.
A: "Did something go wrong?".
Kakashi: "It seems to of worked".
A: "Kakashi. Where are you?".
- Kurama: "Hmm, this doesn't feel right".
Gyūki: "I wonder what is happening".
Naruto and Killer B are listening in silence.
- Tsunade: "it's Bringer-of-Darkness Technique!".
- Unknown voice: "And we have a winner".
- Suddenly they feel a shift.
Everyone is then blinded and are falling.
- The mass of darkness starts to vanish from where Ōnoki can see.
Ōnoki: "What did they do?".
Nihirizumu: "They have been taken away. Don't worry, no one from outside the village will cause any damage here".
Ōnoki is angry and goes to yell something.
Nihirizumu: "It seems your granddaughter also got caught in it".
Ōnoki is in shock hearing this.
Ōnoki: "Kitsuchi, go see what's happened!".
Kitsuchi runs as Ōnoki then turns to Nihirizumu clearly angry, reaches his arms out and starts to uses Dust Release.
Ōnoki: "I will do what I couldn't do before".
Nihirizumu smiles and starts slowly becoming invisible.
Ōnoki: "I was looking at you, not just me a lot of the village too, how did you become invisible?".
Nihirizumu: "I never said I couldn't do this, you just assumed so because I never corrected you".
- Blinded and falling Naruto is confused as to what is happening.
Suddenly he is grabbed by something and pulled back.
Sight starts returning he sees a tentacle wrapped around him.
Killer B starts appearing in his vision.
Naruto: "What happened?".
Killer B: "We have been moved, but don't worry I could see everything".
Killer B points to his sun glasses.
Naruto vision is clear and in most of Killer Bs tails he is holding a person in each, he puts everyone he got a hold on down.
It's now people notice Kurotsuchi is also with them.
- Tsunade goes over to Kurotsuchi to see if she's alright.
Kurotsuchi: "They captured me, I watched them do something with the teleportation area".
- Looking in front Gesshoku and Sunaarashi are standing.
Gesshoku is rubbing his eyes complaining about how he too was blinded as Sunaarashi just laughs.
- Tsunade: "Now that i think about it, back when they were being hunted they would somehow vanish. Could it be because Gesshoku can use Space–Time Ninjutsu?".
Gesshoku: "It's true that I did train with Minato for just a little but it seems he finished it and then passed it onto Genma, Raidō and Iwashi after I was gone. But I can't use Space–Time Ninjutsu properly, I just knows the formula. Sunaarashi however can use it but needs the formula to use it, so its a two person Flying Thunder Formation Technique".
- A looks around and wonders where they landed. There is stone, sand and very few trees.
A: "Where were we taken to?".
Gesshoku: "I dunno, I never learnt that far. It will just throw us in a random spot".
Sunaarashi: "I'm amazed we haven't accidently killed ourselves yet. But let we see where we are".
Sunaarashihe then starts floating up, he goes quite far into the air before coming back down.
Sunaarashi: "From the topography it looks like they are south of Ishigakure".
- Kakashi: "Genma, can you get us back to Iwagakure?".
Genma: "It might be a bit hard as Raidō landed pretty hard and looks injured".
Tsunade comes over to look at him.
Tsunade: "He's broken a few ribs and fractured his arm".
- Sunaarashi: "Now I'm not the kind of person to say this but trying to leave is not a smart idea, you should just continue with just sitting and waiting, it will be the most beneficial for you all".
The look given back to Sunaarashi makes it obvious that they wont just sit and let this happen.
Sunaarashi: "Hey now, Nihirizumu was raised by the old man, was even agreed to be the 4th Tsuchikage by the old man and the Daimyō, he wont do anything like destroy the place. But then says that the old man might assume wrong and start using Dust Release".
Gesshoku: "Don't forget to add that he has a habit of taking advantages of disasters to make himself look good".
- Naruto enters Nine-Tails Chakra Mode.
Naruto: "You will have to try and stop us".
Sunaarashi: "Try? That is a strong word you to use, succeed and stop you more accurate" .
Sunaarashi then punches his fists together, Mercury spews around his fist half way up his forearm making gauntlets.
Killer B then goes into his Jinchūriki Form Version 1.
A puts on his Lightning Release Chakra Mode.
Gesshoku: "Everyone is powering up, how about me".
Gesshoku joins in by going into the 6th Gate.
- Kakashi: "Naruto and Killer B, You both can not fight Gesshoku, leave him to A and myself. Kurotsuchi, Sunaarashi might be a bad match up for you too, think you can help us?".
Kurotsuchi nods.
- Gesshoku: "Are you are thinking of trying to split us up into groups, if you want we can go over to another place".
Sunaarashi: "It's been a dream of mine to fight all Tailed Beasts and this will put me at now 6 wins".
Gesshoku laughs and jumps away.
Kakashi, A and Kurotsuchi follow Gesshoku.
- Sunaarashi: "Oi Eight-Tails, best you go into Version 2, Version 1 is to easy".
Killer B: "Confident aren't you".
Sunaarashi: "Your version is quite different, you look nothing like how Gesshoku described his sister".
Naruto jumps forward punching, Sunaarashi standing still grabs Narutos fist.
Killer B charges in from the side.
Sunaarashi: "Finally some power".
Sunaarashi throws Naruto to the side and with both hands collides with Killer B.
Sunaarashi is pushed back but now Killer Bs momentum stopped Sunaarashi starts pushing him back.
Killer B: "These gauntlets are protecting him from the burning effect the Tailed Beast chakra".
Naruto from behind charges with a Rasengan, Killer B hold Sunaarashi arms to keep him in place.
Naruto hits Sunaarashi in the back but then he jumps back.
Naruto: "That felt weird".
Sunaarashis shirt starts ripping as Mercury spikes start emerging from it, the shirt falls off and the Mercury forms armour around his body, the Mercury start traveling up his neck around his head forming a helmet.
Sunaarashi then headbutts Killer B making him jump back.
Killer B creates a bull's skull over his arm, Sunaarashi laughs and starts running towards him.
- Genma: "This is a battle not many would believe".
Tsunade: "It's not a battle, this is a man who isn't even trying".
- Killer B and Sunaarashi collide, the bull's skull hit directly in the center of Sunaarashi but the hit only makes a ripple like effect in the armour flowing to the back.
Killer B: "It was like hitting water and a mountain at the same time".
The weight behind the body was so much it stopped a direct hit.
Suddenly a mist starts emitting from Sunaarashi armour.
This makes Killer B jump back.
Naruto is above with two Rasengans and falls down onto Sunaarashi hitting him and bringing him to the ground.
The laying down body of Sunaarashi vanishes and reappears standing next to Naruto.
Naruto lunges at him but goes straight through him dispersing the body like a mist.
The body forms back and turns around throwing a punch at Naruto, it hits him bringing him to the ground.
Sunaarashi makes a Mercury sword and swings it to Naruto.
A large burst of chakra erupts from Naruto, Sunaarashi gets pushed up into the air, looking down he sees a foxes head, mouth open going to bite him.
As it bites down Sunaarashi vanishes and then is standing back next to Naruto.
He punches Naruto, it has an effect of really hitting him.
Killer B with a Lariat goes for Sunaarashis head, his arm goes through.
Killer B confused just sees Sunaarashis head form back together, and then he gets punched and hits the ground.
With anger Killer B goes full 8 Tails, this makes Sunaarashi jump back.
Killer B grabs Naruto, Tsunade and the others.
Killer B: "Hold on".
He wraps his tails around himself tightly and uses Tailed Beast Eight Twists.
Naruto and the rest feel the spin happen but then hear loud thuds, some close, some far. Killer B: "I failed".
Killer B opens his hands.
Naruto looking around sees a giant Mercury blade sticking from the ground and sees one of Gyūkis tails cut off a little bit away.
He turns to Killer B and sees all 8 tails have been cleanly cut off.
- Kakashi and A are exhausted as Kurotsuchi is too but is on the ground.
Gesshoku is floating in front of them still in the 6th gate.
A: "Something is strange with him".
Kakashi: "I agree, I have never seen someone fight this long in the 6th gate with no signs of draw backs".
Something large lands on the ground next to them kicking up dust.
Stalling for a second they look and see one of the 8-Tails tails.
A: "What could be happening over there?".
Gesshoku floats down next to the tail.
Gesshoku: "I've never seen the 8-Tails before".
Kakashi runs in but is pushed to the side and kicked away.
A follows quickly behind but is also stopped and punched away.
Kurotsuchi tries to help but it to exhausted.
Gesshoku forms a hand sign but suddenly stops.
He looks down and see a blade in his side, he follows the arm holding it and Killer B is half hanging out of the tail.
Gesshoku enters 7th gate and grabs Killer Bs arm.
Gesshoku: "You could of gone for my heart".
Killer B with a smile then explodes into ink, this completely covers Gesshoku with the blade still sticking in him.
A jumps in with a clean punch to Gesshokus head, Gesshoku falls face first to the ground hard.
A: "B, thanks for keeping a blade in the tails for if they get cut off".
A then rests his arm on a rock thinking to himself that its now worse.
Kakashi runs in and goes for the blade sticking in Gesshoku but before he can reach him Gesshoku lifts himself up quickly and a poison mist is emitting from his body.
The blade gets pulled out and then the pigmentation in Gesshokus skin starts darkening.
Kakashi: " Damn, this is the poison flowing through his muscles he will now be trying".
Kakashi is then pushed to the side by A. He then sees Gesshoku has gone past them and with a single punch punched a large rock into pieces.
The ink starts flowing off Gesshoku who turns and starts floating up. The poison is dripping off him but then he looks off into the distance.
Gesshoku: "Is that a frog?".
- Tsunade who has now joined the fight and is beaten up.
Tsunade: "We need to find the clam. Naruto can you really not sense were he is?".
Naruto: "I can only feel negative emotions and the only negative emotions I can feel is only coming from us".
Sunaarashi: "That because I'm having fun".
Suddenly Tsunade is thrown to the side and then Naruto feels a hit to the stomach and is hit into the air, he looks and sees what seems to be Sunaarashis body just watching.
Frustrated and sore Naruto yells.
Naruto: "Maybe a summon can find a summon".
Mid air he summons Gamakichi, who once summoned is surprised.
Gamakichi: "Why am I in the air?".
- They safely land on the ground with Naruto on Gamakichi head.
Gamakichi: "What's going on?.
Naruto stands up in anger and points to the apparent Sunaarashi.
Naruto: "We can't find him and his stupid clam he summoned".
Gamakichi is looking up at Naruto whos on his head.
Gamakichi: "He above you".
Naruto quickly turns and punches above him, he feels a collision but can't see it.
Tsunade watching is stunned with how this works.
Killer B laying on the ground cheers but follows up with an "ow".
Naruto: "I'm so smart, it's so obvious summons can tell where other summons are".
Gamakichi: "No, its not because of that but because of Senjutsu, I can feel were he is".
Naruto stalls for a second and then thinks to himself that Sage Mode should work then.
Sunaarashi: "I've heard of Senjutsu but never seen it, show it to me".
Naruto: "Just you wait, you will lose".
A smile of excitement shows up on the illusion of Sunaarashi.
Gamakichi turns his head, off balancing Naruto.
Naruto: "Can you please not move".
Gamakichi: "There is a problem, a weird ball of chakra is moving this way".
- Kakashi holding Kurotsuchi runs into the open with A close behind.
Kakashi looks at everyone and just looks in shock.
- On top of a very large rock a silhouette is standing with the sun directly behind it. It looks to have long ears pointing up.
- Gamakichi: "That's the weird ball of chakra".
- From behind the silhouette 6 tails pop up.
Last edited:
P.6 Talent vs Skill
P.6 Talent vs Skill
- The silhouette jumps down, now being visible it looks to be a Nine-Tails Jinchūriki but dark purple in colour.
- Naruto: "What is that?".
Kurama: "That is Gesshoku, that is what he looked like when Kushina knocked him out".
- Gesshoku looks to Gamakichi and puts on a visible smile.
Gesshoku: "Frog".
Gamakichi: "Frog? I'm a toad!".
Gesshoku: "Where is Bunta?".
Gamakichi: "You know my father?".
Gesshoku: "When I fought Jiraiya he used Bunta, also used two old looking frogs".
Naruto, Kakashi and Tsunade are shocked by this.
Gesshoku: "Orochimaru also had that giant angry snake with him. I really had to try to fight them".
- Gesshoku: "I can see some people are confused at what they are seeing, I should explain a little. You see, I can manipulate my poison into other styles and jutsus. I believe that's why you called me Deseased Memory. I can also make people paralyzed or strong, feel incredible pain or incredible pleasure, I can be someone's drug for death or euphoria".
- Kakashi: "That's a quote".
Gesshoku and also the illusion of Sunaarashi looks at Kakashi in confusion.
Kakashi: "That's from Icha Icha Violence, a main says it".
Sunaarashi laughing: "Someone quoted your little description in a book?".
Gesshoku: "I am going to read that book, find the author and then work out the next step as I'm doing it".
Sunaarashi: "I will read it too, that should be fun".
- Kakashi thinks to himself "wait, they went to prison before the book was released, I hope I'm not seeing an inspiration for a character?"
- Naruto thinks to himself for a second then sits down and closes his eyes.
Gesshoku jumps at Naruto but is suddenly thrown back to the ground by nothing.
Sunaarashi: "no, I want this".
Gesshoku: "No, Sage Mode is different. You think this will be fun now, you are wrong!".
Gesshoku jumps back up towards Naruto but is pulled back to the ground then thrown backwards.
Gesshoku: "fine, fine! But I warned you".
Naruto gets the orange pigmentation around his eyes and opens his eyes.
- Naruto stands and can now sense the invisible Sunaarashi but also the mass of chakra that is Gesshoku.
Gesshoku: "He doesn't look ugly like Jiraiya".
Naruto then puts his hand on Gamakichi, a summoning circle comes up and then smoke.
A woman's voice: "What, Naruto, why did you summon us?".
The smoke disperses and Fukasaku and Shima are at Narutos feet.
Shima keeps talking to Naruto saying he's rude as Fukasaku looks around and he sees Gesshoku. Shima goes to get Fukasakus opinion but realises he's not paying attention so she turns and sees Gesshoku.
Shima: "don't mind what I just said".
- Gesshoku: "I greet the elders, it's been a long time".
Fukasaku: "You hurt many people and families".
Gesshoku: "I'm not here to fight, but I would like to introduce you to my friend".
Sunaarashi turns off the mist and the illusion vanishes, he is now just floating next to Gesshoku.
Naruto makes two clones behind him who are sitting down.
Naruto: "Gamakichi, make sure they don't get hurt".
He then jumps down to the ground with the two elders following.
Gesshoku backs away to near where Kakashi and that are, he sticks 4 tails into the ground and has two more form a back rest and sits on the tails like a chair, he looks to the others.
Gesshoku: "Do not enter the fight".
They just look at him before turning to Naruto and Sunaarashi.
- Sunaarashi: "My name is Sunaarashi, I like to have a challenge, so the old ones can leave while I'm feeling generous".
Fukasaku is still looking at Gesshoku who just waves his hand. Shima scoffs.
Naruto: "Can you two protect everyone else".
Fukasaku: "What do you mean?".
Naruto: "You both are the only ones who have fought Gesshoku and will have the best chance of getting everyone away if things go wrong".
Shima: "We are not an just some escape plan!".
Naruto: "I'm asking for help to save everyone, not fight".
Shima: "I'm not letting something like this happen".
Naruto suddenly dashes forward, Shima turns and sees a shoe in front of her face that Naruto is holding back.
Sunaarashi retracts his foot back and Naruto stands up and looks up to the man who has over 20cm of height above him.
Sunaarashi: "I'm getting bored".
A smile creeps onto Sunaarashis face.
- Sunnarashi goes to punch Naruto but the punch is easily dodged.
Naruto then falls over unexpectedly.
Sunaarashi kicks Naruto in the stomach sending him away, it doesn't effect him.
Naruto then feels a pull on his right hand and is flung back towards Sunaarashi.
Shima jumps between them, the pull is now gone as Naruto regains his stance.
Fukasaku fires a high pressured stream of water from his mouth, Sunaarashi uses Water Release: Water Severing Wave, the two streams hit and deflect each other, Fukasaku is surprised.
Sunaarashi rushes at Naruto, Naruto moves into a stance as Sunaarashi draws his arm back.
Both throw a punch, both punches are dodged with near hits to the head.
Suddenly Sunaarashi is sent flying to the side and hits the ground falling limp.
- Naruto looks over Sunaarashi.
Naruto: "He's still alive".
Naruto turns to Gesshoku who is still just sitting.
A loud thud is heard, Naruto turns around and Sunaarashi is lifting himself off the ground.
Sunaarashi: "That's one of the hardest hits I've ever taken, and it wasn't even a direct hit".
He enters 6th Gate as he stands up straight, he starts doing little jumps and moving his arms around before stopping.
Sunaarashi: "That should do it".
- Fukasaku: "Watch out as he will be much faster now".
Sunaarashi jumps towards Naruto as the same speed as before, Naruto goes to dodge like before.
Shima: "Jump away!".
Naruto awkwardly jumps to the side as the punch passes by.
Out of no where a pressurized burst of air shoots out from Sunaarashis fist.
Kakashi thinks to himself that its almost like Guys Evening Elephant when he's in 8th Gate.
Sunaarashi then lands on the floor and the sound when his foot hit the ground made everyone realised exactly what's going on. Sunaarashi has traded speed for weight.
He's used Earth Release: Added-Weight Rock Technique to weigh himself down to his normal speed with the 6th Gate open.
Naruto in awe of what he just seen doesn't realise straight away that Sunaarashi again jumping is at him.
Fukasaku and Shima react by jumping to each side of Sunaarashi about to use Sage Art: Frog Call.
Sunaarashi is now pointing at each of them with his index fingers.
They see a small amount of silver substance form over his finger and then be shot towards them at high speed.
Both are pulled out of the air by Naruto in time who now also has the Nine-Tails chakra cloak around him with chakra arms out stretched.
Sunaarashi still going lands in front of Naruto with a heavy thud.
Naruto then punches Sunaarashi right in the stomach but nothing, he's so heavy even a Nine-tailed and Sage Mode punch didn't move him.
As soon as the punch hit Naruto feels something on his arm. He looks down to Sunaarashi grabbing onto his arm. Fukasaku then realises that Sunaarashi weighed down everything but one arm.
The air suddenly changes, a blue aura emits from Sunaarashi, blood drips down from his mouth, he brings down a 7th Gate opened punch, it lands directly into Narutos chest.
The Nine-Tailed cloak turns off and the two clones by Gamakichi vanish.
- Tsunade goes to run to Naruto but Gesshoku stands up, this stops her. As she rests back down Gesshoku sits back down as he was before.
- Naruto starts moving but is no longer in Sage mode.
Shima thinks to herself of how powerful that punch was.
Naruto: "I don't feel good".
Kumara: "Naruto, never take a punch like that again. But I think I understands why the others would have trouble with him".
- Sunaarashi turns off the 7th Gate back to normal and throws up a fair bit of blood.
He's using Medical ninjutsu on himself as he just wonders around complaining.
Sunaarashi: "Oh, my stomach does not feel good. Gesshoku, you're right, Sage Mode is different, can't have fun!".
Fukasaku and Shima both are stunned with how Sunaarashi is moving around as he is.
He rests on one of Killer Bs cut off tails. He turns 7th Gate back on and jumps, when hitting the ground the thud is louder, he looks at himself, then at Killer Bs tail.
He turns and kicks the tail. It goes out of sight.
Sunaarashi turns off the 7th Gate.
Sunaarashi: "I can't continue with it, will damage myself more".
- Naruto turns to Killer B
Naruto: "He kicked that far".
Killer B just looks in the direction the tail flew off.
Killer B: "I will tell you when it hits the ground".
- Sunaarashi: "Well, round two will now begin"
He steps on the ground the earth starts melting and turning silver.
Fukasaku is shocked as he feels the soil turn into something else.
Shima: "Is that the apparent extinct Mercury Bloodline? They got hunted long ago for being such a powerful family".
- As Sunaarashi converts the ground he stops and goes "oh".
- A hooded person jumps down between Sunaarashi and Naruto.
- Unknown: "I felt a very unstable space-time jutsu and came to look at what it was".
Naruto gets a big smile.
The hooded figure lifts off the hood revealing Sasuke.
- The silhouette jumps down, now being visible it looks to be a Nine-Tails Jinchūriki but dark purple in colour.
- Naruto: "What is that?".
Kurama: "That is Gesshoku, that is what he looked like when Kushina knocked him out".
- Gesshoku looks to Gamakichi and puts on a visible smile.
Gesshoku: "Frog".
Gamakichi: "Frog? I'm a toad!".
Gesshoku: "Where is Bunta?".
Gamakichi: "You know my father?".
Gesshoku: "When I fought Jiraiya he used Bunta, also used two old looking frogs".
Naruto, Kakashi and Tsunade are shocked by this.
Gesshoku: "Orochimaru also had that giant angry snake with him. I really had to try to fight them".
- Gesshoku: "I can see some people are confused at what they are seeing, I should explain a little. You see, I can manipulate my poison into other styles and jutsus. I believe that's why you called me Deseased Memory. I can also make people paralyzed or strong, feel incredible pain or incredible pleasure, I can be someone's drug for death or euphoria".
- Kakashi: "That's a quote".
Gesshoku and also the illusion of Sunaarashi looks at Kakashi in confusion.
Kakashi: "That's from Icha Icha Violence, a main says it".
Sunaarashi laughing: "Someone quoted your little description in a book?".
Gesshoku: "I am going to read that book, find the author and then work out the next step as I'm doing it".
Sunaarashi: "I will read it too, that should be fun".
- Kakashi thinks to himself "wait, they went to prison before the book was released, I hope I'm not seeing an inspiration for a character?"
- Naruto thinks to himself for a second then sits down and closes his eyes.
Gesshoku jumps at Naruto but is suddenly thrown back to the ground by nothing.
Sunaarashi: "no, I want this".
Gesshoku: "No, Sage Mode is different. You think this will be fun now, you are wrong!".
Gesshoku jumps back up towards Naruto but is pulled back to the ground then thrown backwards.
Gesshoku: "fine, fine! But I warned you".
Naruto gets the orange pigmentation around his eyes and opens his eyes.
- Naruto stands and can now sense the invisible Sunaarashi but also the mass of chakra that is Gesshoku.
Gesshoku: "He doesn't look ugly like Jiraiya".
Naruto then puts his hand on Gamakichi, a summoning circle comes up and then smoke.
A woman's voice: "What, Naruto, why did you summon us?".
The smoke disperses and Fukasaku and Shima are at Narutos feet.
Shima keeps talking to Naruto saying he's rude as Fukasaku looks around and he sees Gesshoku. Shima goes to get Fukasakus opinion but realises he's not paying attention so she turns and sees Gesshoku.
Shima: "don't mind what I just said".
- Gesshoku: "I greet the elders, it's been a long time".
Fukasaku: "You hurt many people and families".
Gesshoku: "I'm not here to fight, but I would like to introduce you to my friend".
Sunaarashi turns off the mist and the illusion vanishes, he is now just floating next to Gesshoku.
Naruto makes two clones behind him who are sitting down.
Naruto: "Gamakichi, make sure they don't get hurt".
He then jumps down to the ground with the two elders following.
Gesshoku backs away to near where Kakashi and that are, he sticks 4 tails into the ground and has two more form a back rest and sits on the tails like a chair, he looks to the others.
Gesshoku: "Do not enter the fight".
They just look at him before turning to Naruto and Sunaarashi.
- Sunaarashi: "My name is Sunaarashi, I like to have a challenge, so the old ones can leave while I'm feeling generous".
Fukasaku is still looking at Gesshoku who just waves his hand. Shima scoffs.
Naruto: "Can you two protect everyone else".
Fukasaku: "What do you mean?".
Naruto: "You both are the only ones who have fought Gesshoku and will have the best chance of getting everyone away if things go wrong".
Shima: "We are not an just some escape plan!".
Naruto: "I'm asking for help to save everyone, not fight".
Shima: "I'm not letting something like this happen".
Naruto suddenly dashes forward, Shima turns and sees a shoe in front of her face that Naruto is holding back.
Sunaarashi retracts his foot back and Naruto stands up and looks up to the man who has over 20cm of height above him.
Sunaarashi: "I'm getting bored".
A smile creeps onto Sunaarashis face.
- Sunnarashi goes to punch Naruto but the punch is easily dodged.
Naruto then falls over unexpectedly.
Sunaarashi kicks Naruto in the stomach sending him away, it doesn't effect him.
Naruto then feels a pull on his right hand and is flung back towards Sunaarashi.
Shima jumps between them, the pull is now gone as Naruto regains his stance.
Fukasaku fires a high pressured stream of water from his mouth, Sunaarashi uses Water Release: Water Severing Wave, the two streams hit and deflect each other, Fukasaku is surprised.
Sunaarashi rushes at Naruto, Naruto moves into a stance as Sunaarashi draws his arm back.
Both throw a punch, both punches are dodged with near hits to the head.
Suddenly Sunaarashi is sent flying to the side and hits the ground falling limp.
- Naruto looks over Sunaarashi.
Naruto: "He's still alive".
Naruto turns to Gesshoku who is still just sitting.
A loud thud is heard, Naruto turns around and Sunaarashi is lifting himself off the ground.
Sunaarashi: "That's one of the hardest hits I've ever taken, and it wasn't even a direct hit".
He enters 6th Gate as he stands up straight, he starts doing little jumps and moving his arms around before stopping.
Sunaarashi: "That should do it".
- Fukasaku: "Watch out as he will be much faster now".
Sunaarashi jumps towards Naruto as the same speed as before, Naruto goes to dodge like before.
Shima: "Jump away!".
Naruto awkwardly jumps to the side as the punch passes by.
Out of no where a pressurized burst of air shoots out from Sunaarashis fist.
Kakashi thinks to himself that its almost like Guys Evening Elephant when he's in 8th Gate.
Sunaarashi then lands on the floor and the sound when his foot hit the ground made everyone realised exactly what's going on. Sunaarashi has traded speed for weight.
He's used Earth Release: Added-Weight Rock Technique to weigh himself down to his normal speed with the 6th Gate open.
Naruto in awe of what he just seen doesn't realise straight away that Sunaarashi again jumping is at him.
Fukasaku and Shima react by jumping to each side of Sunaarashi about to use Sage Art: Frog Call.
Sunaarashi is now pointing at each of them with his index fingers.
They see a small amount of silver substance form over his finger and then be shot towards them at high speed.
Both are pulled out of the air by Naruto in time who now also has the Nine-Tails chakra cloak around him with chakra arms out stretched.
Sunaarashi still going lands in front of Naruto with a heavy thud.
Naruto then punches Sunaarashi right in the stomach but nothing, he's so heavy even a Nine-tailed and Sage Mode punch didn't move him.
As soon as the punch hit Naruto feels something on his arm. He looks down to Sunaarashi grabbing onto his arm. Fukasaku then realises that Sunaarashi weighed down everything but one arm.
The air suddenly changes, a blue aura emits from Sunaarashi, blood drips down from his mouth, he brings down a 7th Gate opened punch, it lands directly into Narutos chest.
The Nine-Tailed cloak turns off and the two clones by Gamakichi vanish.
- Tsunade goes to run to Naruto but Gesshoku stands up, this stops her. As she rests back down Gesshoku sits back down as he was before.
- Naruto starts moving but is no longer in Sage mode.
Shima thinks to herself of how powerful that punch was.
Naruto: "I don't feel good".
Kumara: "Naruto, never take a punch like that again. But I think I understands why the others would have trouble with him".
- Sunaarashi turns off the 7th Gate back to normal and throws up a fair bit of blood.
He's using Medical ninjutsu on himself as he just wonders around complaining.
Sunaarashi: "Oh, my stomach does not feel good. Gesshoku, you're right, Sage Mode is different, can't have fun!".
Fukasaku and Shima both are stunned with how Sunaarashi is moving around as he is.
He rests on one of Killer Bs cut off tails. He turns 7th Gate back on and jumps, when hitting the ground the thud is louder, he looks at himself, then at Killer Bs tail.
He turns and kicks the tail. It goes out of sight.
Sunaarashi turns off the 7th Gate.
Sunaarashi: "I can't continue with it, will damage myself more".
- Naruto turns to Killer B
Naruto: "He kicked that far".
Killer B just looks in the direction the tail flew off.
Killer B: "I will tell you when it hits the ground".
- Sunaarashi: "Well, round two will now begin"
He steps on the ground the earth starts melting and turning silver.
Fukasaku is shocked as he feels the soil turn into something else.
Shima: "Is that the apparent extinct Mercury Bloodline? They got hunted long ago for being such a powerful family".
- As Sunaarashi converts the ground he stops and goes "oh".
- A hooded person jumps down between Sunaarashi and Naruto.
- Unknown: "I felt a very unstable space-time jutsu and came to look at what it was".
Naruto gets a big smile.
The hooded figure lifts off the hood revealing Sasuke.
Last edited:
P.7 Counter vs Copy
P.7 Counter vs Copy
- Sasuke not facing Sunaarashi asks: "Why are you not doing anything to someone who has interfered in this fight?".
Sunaarashi informs him laughing: "Uchiha are always welcomed to try and stop me".
- Sasuke turns around. Sunaarashi gets a confused look on his face, he calls out to Gesshoku to come look at Sasukes eyes. Gesshoku starts paying attention and then slowly stands up and starts walking towards Sasuke but stops next to Sunaarashi.
- Gessokus poison cloak retracts from his face and he asks Sasuke "are you a hybrid?", Sasuke doesn't answer.
Sunaarashi: "He doesn't feel anything but Uchiha, I bet Nihirizumu would be able to tell".
Gesshoku: "He's like that Uchiha/Hyūga guy who had one Byakugan and one Sharingan".
Sunaarashi: "Could he be a descendent of and Uchiha and one of your clan?".
Gesshoku: "That's impossible".
- Sasuke just stares at them and noticing that the tall one is slowly healing himself and the red head with the crazy chakra is also healing the tall one. Sasuke starts moving his hand to his sword.
- Gesshoku: "If he's anything like his family, maybe he stole the eye".
This statement seemed to of had a reaction with Sasuke that Sunaarashi notices.
Sunaarashi: "Maybe your cousin?".
Gesshoku: "He is quite distantly related. Uchiha boy, have you ever met a red head man from Amegakure with the same eyes as your left eye?".
- Fukasaku and Shima perk up from this.
- Naruto: "Nagato!".
Gesshoku points to Naruto: "That's him, Nagato, good one nephew, the one with the Rinnegan".
- Sasuke looks to Naruto and thinks about the word used there, 'nephew'.
- Gesshoku continues: "We met him and his friends when on the run, we talked about Jiraiya and how he had Minato as his now student".
Sunaarashi: "That orange haired guy wouldn't let me fight the Rinnegan guy, but he did say I could fight Hanzo after they were done with him. Now that could be fun".
- Naruto is trying to understand all this information.
- Sasuke: "We will be leaving so everyone can get healed".
Gesshoku turns around and walks away back to where he was sitting down and sits like how was before.
- Sunaarashi asks "Do you really think you can all just leave?".
Sasuke: "You have internal organ damage and muscle damage".
Sunaarashi: "That Rinnegan is showing more then what the Sharingan can do, but can a crippled Uchiha really think he can do what ever he wants?".
Sunaarashi is pointing to Sasukes left arm.
- Sasuke draws his sword. Sunaarashi laughs, looks down and drags his right thumb over his eyes.
Sunaarashi: "Little Uchiha boy, by any chance is your father Fugaku?".
No answer.
- Gesshoku yelling: "Are you the one whos got the child with Kizashis daughter".
- Sasuke looks over to Gesshoku and as soon as he does Sunaarashi jumps at him. Sasuke turns but becomes unstable on his feet, he dodges the attack and makes some distance. Sunaarashi uses Fire Release: Great Fireball Technique.
Sasuke notes that he can read his hand movement but something is off when he look at him, he uses his own Fire Release: Great Fireball Technique to counter the move. As the fire blazes a small gap between the flames opens and Sasuke uses his eye to attack with a genjutsu but then he is hit with the unstable feeling again. Sunaarashi walks through the fire and is now in front of Sasuke, Sasuke goes for a swing with his sword but his wrist is caught. Sasuke feels his wrist being crushed and drops his sword. He then activate his Mangekyō Sharingan but then Sunaarashi grabs Sasukes head covering his eyes and pushes Sasuke head to the ground while laughing.
- Kakashi: "Something is wrong here".
Fukasaku: "Not exactly, Sasuke is just reading this man as if he's normal".
Shima: "That boy is lighter then the average person, though it looks like he's walking, he's actually floating just very slightly off the ground".
Tsunade: "He's also using an old technique that I haven't seen in a long time".
A: "I've heard about a technique Kirigakure developed to fight Uchiha during the First Shinobi War but that it was useless just about any other time".
- Kakashi then sees it, Sunaarashi eyes are cloudy.
- Sunaarashi throws Sasuke away: "You are boring".
Sasuke gets up and turns off his Sharingan, as soon as he does the feeling he gets when looking at Sunaarashi vanishes, he can look at him clearly and now sees the cloudy eyes. Sunaarashi rubs his eyes then flicks his hand and a small amount of water flings off his fingers.
Sunaarashi in an unimpressed tone: "Are you at least good at copying?".
He gestures Sasuke to get up.
- Sasuke stands up and Sunaarashi points to his own eyes telling him to look at him properly. Sasuke reactivates his Sharingan and they stare at each other before Sunaarashi starts laughing.
Sunaarashi: "You are going to have to level up the genjutsu with the eye from before to have any real effect on me".
- The laughing suddenly stops and Sunaarashi starts casting jutsus one after another of different natures, Sasuke copies the jutsus perfectly.
- Sunaarashi gives a little hum: "you do good with only just one arm, but can you copy this?".
- He puts both arms out and and starts making hand seals with one hand each, non matching hand seals, Sasuke is taken back by this. Sunaarashi bring both hands in to his face, when they collide both hands are still different in seals but Sasuke can tell one hand is a fire jutsu and the other is a wind jutsu. The jutsu that comes from Sunaarashi is an extremely large, powerful and fast stream of fire.
- Sasuke looks at the fire right in front of him and then vanishes. He's now next to Sunaarashi having used Amenotejikara to switch places with his sword, he has Chidori ready and goes to attack but his hand is caught, this time Sunaarashis hand has Mercury surrounding it and makes the Chidori act weirdly.
- Sunaarashi with a smile: "You can't copy a kekkei genkai".
With his other hand he makes hand seals, Sasuke realizes it's a water jutsu but then his brain tells him that for some reason he can't copy it. Suddenly Sunaarashi spews a high pressed stream of red water that Sasuke just dodges. Sunaarashi throws Sasuke away.
Sunaarashi: "you can't copy that unless you have internal bleeding".
- Sasuke lands on his feet and turns around, he's already face to face to Sunaarashi. Sunaarashi has his hands up to Sasukes head, he claps his hands right next to Sasukes ear, straight away Sasuke loses his balance and falls to the ground, he feels sick and has a dizziness feeling.
- Then Sasuke feels something grab his ankle, Sunaarashi throws Sasuke overhead down to the ground. When he hits the ground Susanoos ribs are stopping the fall, Sunaarashi still holding onto Sasukes ankle has a smile and asks "is that Susanoo?".
The arms start forming, Sunaarashi then puts his foot and the bottom rib and rips Sasuke out from the Susanoo and overhead throws Sasuke back down onto the now fading away rib cage. Sasuke forms another Susanoo rib cage but when they collide they shatter each other making him hit the ground hard.
- Sasuke opens his left eye and blood drips from it, Sunaarashi jumps back and puts out his arm with the Mercury around it and it catches fire with black flames, he quickly throws off the Mercury from his arm, he has none of the flame on his arm. Sunaarashi looks back to Sasuke and the full upper half body of Susanoo has it's arm out with Blaze Release: Susanoo Kagutsuchi ready, and fires. Dust covers the area the jutsu hit.
- Sasuke is struggling to stand up, he has his horrible ringing in his ear and the dizziness is making him unable to stand easily.
- Sunaarashi laughs: "it will be hard to aim and stand for a bit. I've messed up the fluid in your ear".
- A giant silver in colour arm then appears from the dust and grabs the Susanoo. The dust disperses. Sunaarashi is standing on a pool of Mercury, from that the arm is outstreached. A second arms emerges from the pool and soon a giant silver upper body of Sunaarashi is looking down at Sasukes Susanoo, "Mercury Release: Hyperion".
- Kakashi stunned with what he's seeing says "He's way more powerful then we were told".
A: "Maybe we are to weak".
Tsunade: "What are you talking about".
A: "Kakashi, Tsunade. as Hokages would you's be able to beat the Third Hokage?"
Kakashi & Tsunade: "..."
A: "I can both proudly and sadly say my father the Third Raikage is easy stronger than myself, the Third Kazekage was leagues above the other Kazekages. We are fighting people who those strong Kage struggled with".
Fukasaku: "They are strong because of war and infighting, you all are strong because You can work together unlike any other generation before. The Kage now do not need power to keep the world at peace, they need to be unified just like what you have done".
- Gesshoku in the distance says "The old frog is right, like come on, even the strongest person will fall to a large enough army, but that logic wont work here".
- Gesshoku looks at Tsunade and Kakashi: "That man, Sunaarashi, he was bred by two villages to fight the other villages. The problem was that they made him to powerful for the chains they tried to put on him. Both Nihirizumu and I will confidently say that he is more of a threat than both of us, a mutant and a Kekkei Tōta user".
- Naruto listening says softly "A mutant?".
Killer B whos standing next to Naruto says, "A family member born with a Kekkei Genkai when there is no history of one, a perfect example is the First Hokage. Also the tail just landed".
- At Gyūkis tail a clone of Killer B emerges. He states "This is interesting" as large shadow looms over him.
- The pool of mercury converts more of the ground.
Sunaarashi: "You really don't know how to fight, you are all powerful moves and no proper experience. It's like you have only ever fought people born after the Third War or from your own village. You have no idea how to fight people who know how to fight Uchiha. Look at the the 8-Tails Jinchūriki, have you ever fought anyone in his age group or up from other villages. If so how did it go?".
- Sasuke still struggling to stand thinks to himself. He fought Killer B, got a hole in his chest. The Raikage, nearly got his neck broken. If not for Obito would of been killed by the Tsuchikage. Saved by Zetsu fighting the Mizukage. Everyone else he can think of were ether young like him or originally from Konoha.
- Sasuke stands up "What if I told you I fought Madara, the Ten-Tails and a Goddess?".
Sunaarashi: "Cheeky, from my research Madara did return for the war due to the Second Hokages technique, also a giant beast with ten tails did show up but no proof was ever shown what happened to that in the end".
- Naruto speaks up: "It's true, we also met the sage of six paths and sealed the goddess in a moon in another dimension".
- Gesshoku and Sunaarashi have a concerned look on their faces. Sunaarashi says, "I must of hit the IQ out of him, I'm so sorry Gesshoku".
- Sasuke forms a full body Susanoo with him floating in the head of it while still holding his own head. Sunaarashi walks backwards into Hyperion and it slowly starts lifting itself out of the pool. Sasuke brings down Susanoos sword but the Hyperion catches it with one hand. Sasuke instantly realized it was like he hit a sponge with the impact being absorbed. Hyperion continues raising up, it's now standing up completely, being about a head higher then the Susanoo. Sasuke jumps into the air and flares out Susanoos wings now floating just looking down at the Hyperion.
-Hyperion looking up without saying a word or moving, starts floating up.
- Shima yells: "How can he make that much mass float?".
Naruto gets up: "I have to help".
- Gesshoku gets up and puts the poison back around his face.
- Fukasaku and Shima tell Gamakichi to go back home and tell Bunta everything, he nods and dissapears.
- Tsunade starts backing away but Killer B catches her and tells her, "I have a plan, we just have to stall".
- A walks up beside the toads with Kakashi.
A: "No will believe a Raikage fighting along side the Two Great Sage Toads".
- Gesshoku just looks on, above him in the distance Hyperion forms a long sword in each hand.
~~~~~~
I hope this looks and reads better.
- Sasuke not facing Sunaarashi asks: "Why are you not doing anything to someone who has interfered in this fight?".
Sunaarashi informs him laughing: "Uchiha are always welcomed to try and stop me".
- Sasuke turns around. Sunaarashi gets a confused look on his face, he calls out to Gesshoku to come look at Sasukes eyes. Gesshoku starts paying attention and then slowly stands up and starts walking towards Sasuke but stops next to Sunaarashi.
- Gessokus poison cloak retracts from his face and he asks Sasuke "are you a hybrid?", Sasuke doesn't answer.
Sunaarashi: "He doesn't feel anything but Uchiha, I bet Nihirizumu would be able to tell".
Gesshoku: "He's like that Uchiha/Hyūga guy who had one Byakugan and one Sharingan".
Sunaarashi: "Could he be a descendent of and Uchiha and one of your clan?".
Gesshoku: "That's impossible".
- Sasuke just stares at them and noticing that the tall one is slowly healing himself and the red head with the crazy chakra is also healing the tall one. Sasuke starts moving his hand to his sword.
- Gesshoku: "If he's anything like his family, maybe he stole the eye".
This statement seemed to of had a reaction with Sasuke that Sunaarashi notices.
Sunaarashi: "Maybe your cousin?".
Gesshoku: "He is quite distantly related. Uchiha boy, have you ever met a red head man from Amegakure with the same eyes as your left eye?".
- Fukasaku and Shima perk up from this.
- Naruto: "Nagato!".
Gesshoku points to Naruto: "That's him, Nagato, good one nephew, the one with the Rinnegan".
- Sasuke looks to Naruto and thinks about the word used there, 'nephew'.
- Gesshoku continues: "We met him and his friends when on the run, we talked about Jiraiya and how he had Minato as his now student".
Sunaarashi: "That orange haired guy wouldn't let me fight the Rinnegan guy, but he did say I could fight Hanzo after they were done with him. Now that could be fun".
- Naruto is trying to understand all this information.
- Sasuke: "We will be leaving so everyone can get healed".
Gesshoku turns around and walks away back to where he was sitting down and sits like how was before.
- Sunaarashi asks "Do you really think you can all just leave?".
Sasuke: "You have internal organ damage and muscle damage".
Sunaarashi: "That Rinnegan is showing more then what the Sharingan can do, but can a crippled Uchiha really think he can do what ever he wants?".
Sunaarashi is pointing to Sasukes left arm.
- Sasuke draws his sword. Sunaarashi laughs, looks down and drags his right thumb over his eyes.
Sunaarashi: "Little Uchiha boy, by any chance is your father Fugaku?".
No answer.
- Gesshoku yelling: "Are you the one whos got the child with Kizashis daughter".
- Sasuke looks over to Gesshoku and as soon as he does Sunaarashi jumps at him. Sasuke turns but becomes unstable on his feet, he dodges the attack and makes some distance. Sunaarashi uses Fire Release: Great Fireball Technique.
Sasuke notes that he can read his hand movement but something is off when he look at him, he uses his own Fire Release: Great Fireball Technique to counter the move. As the fire blazes a small gap between the flames opens and Sasuke uses his eye to attack with a genjutsu but then he is hit with the unstable feeling again. Sunaarashi walks through the fire and is now in front of Sasuke, Sasuke goes for a swing with his sword but his wrist is caught. Sasuke feels his wrist being crushed and drops his sword. He then activate his Mangekyō Sharingan but then Sunaarashi grabs Sasukes head covering his eyes and pushes Sasuke head to the ground while laughing.
- Kakashi: "Something is wrong here".
Fukasaku: "Not exactly, Sasuke is just reading this man as if he's normal".
Shima: "That boy is lighter then the average person, though it looks like he's walking, he's actually floating just very slightly off the ground".
Tsunade: "He's also using an old technique that I haven't seen in a long time".
A: "I've heard about a technique Kirigakure developed to fight Uchiha during the First Shinobi War but that it was useless just about any other time".
- Kakashi then sees it, Sunaarashi eyes are cloudy.
- Sunaarashi throws Sasuke away: "You are boring".
Sasuke gets up and turns off his Sharingan, as soon as he does the feeling he gets when looking at Sunaarashi vanishes, he can look at him clearly and now sees the cloudy eyes. Sunaarashi rubs his eyes then flicks his hand and a small amount of water flings off his fingers.
Sunaarashi in an unimpressed tone: "Are you at least good at copying?".
He gestures Sasuke to get up.
- Sasuke stands up and Sunaarashi points to his own eyes telling him to look at him properly. Sasuke reactivates his Sharingan and they stare at each other before Sunaarashi starts laughing.
Sunaarashi: "You are going to have to level up the genjutsu with the eye from before to have any real effect on me".
- The laughing suddenly stops and Sunaarashi starts casting jutsus one after another of different natures, Sasuke copies the jutsus perfectly.
- Sunaarashi gives a little hum: "you do good with only just one arm, but can you copy this?".
- He puts both arms out and and starts making hand seals with one hand each, non matching hand seals, Sasuke is taken back by this. Sunaarashi bring both hands in to his face, when they collide both hands are still different in seals but Sasuke can tell one hand is a fire jutsu and the other is a wind jutsu. The jutsu that comes from Sunaarashi is an extremely large, powerful and fast stream of fire.
- Sasuke looks at the fire right in front of him and then vanishes. He's now next to Sunaarashi having used Amenotejikara to switch places with his sword, he has Chidori ready and goes to attack but his hand is caught, this time Sunaarashis hand has Mercury surrounding it and makes the Chidori act weirdly.
- Sunaarashi with a smile: "You can't copy a kekkei genkai".
With his other hand he makes hand seals, Sasuke realizes it's a water jutsu but then his brain tells him that for some reason he can't copy it. Suddenly Sunaarashi spews a high pressed stream of red water that Sasuke just dodges. Sunaarashi throws Sasuke away.
Sunaarashi: "you can't copy that unless you have internal bleeding".
- Sasuke lands on his feet and turns around, he's already face to face to Sunaarashi. Sunaarashi has his hands up to Sasukes head, he claps his hands right next to Sasukes ear, straight away Sasuke loses his balance and falls to the ground, he feels sick and has a dizziness feeling.
- Then Sasuke feels something grab his ankle, Sunaarashi throws Sasuke overhead down to the ground. When he hits the ground Susanoos ribs are stopping the fall, Sunaarashi still holding onto Sasukes ankle has a smile and asks "is that Susanoo?".
The arms start forming, Sunaarashi then puts his foot and the bottom rib and rips Sasuke out from the Susanoo and overhead throws Sasuke back down onto the now fading away rib cage. Sasuke forms another Susanoo rib cage but when they collide they shatter each other making him hit the ground hard.
- Sasuke opens his left eye and blood drips from it, Sunaarashi jumps back and puts out his arm with the Mercury around it and it catches fire with black flames, he quickly throws off the Mercury from his arm, he has none of the flame on his arm. Sunaarashi looks back to Sasuke and the full upper half body of Susanoo has it's arm out with Blaze Release: Susanoo Kagutsuchi ready, and fires. Dust covers the area the jutsu hit.
- Sasuke is struggling to stand up, he has his horrible ringing in his ear and the dizziness is making him unable to stand easily.
- Sunaarashi laughs: "it will be hard to aim and stand for a bit. I've messed up the fluid in your ear".
- A giant silver in colour arm then appears from the dust and grabs the Susanoo. The dust disperses. Sunaarashi is standing on a pool of Mercury, from that the arm is outstreached. A second arms emerges from the pool and soon a giant silver upper body of Sunaarashi is looking down at Sasukes Susanoo, "Mercury Release: Hyperion".
- Kakashi stunned with what he's seeing says "He's way more powerful then we were told".
A: "Maybe we are to weak".
Tsunade: "What are you talking about".
A: "Kakashi, Tsunade. as Hokages would you's be able to beat the Third Hokage?"
Kakashi & Tsunade: "..."
A: "I can both proudly and sadly say my father the Third Raikage is easy stronger than myself, the Third Kazekage was leagues above the other Kazekages. We are fighting people who those strong Kage struggled with".
Fukasaku: "They are strong because of war and infighting, you all are strong because You can work together unlike any other generation before. The Kage now do not need power to keep the world at peace, they need to be unified just like what you have done".
- Gesshoku in the distance says "The old frog is right, like come on, even the strongest person will fall to a large enough army, but that logic wont work here".
- Gesshoku looks at Tsunade and Kakashi: "That man, Sunaarashi, he was bred by two villages to fight the other villages. The problem was that they made him to powerful for the chains they tried to put on him. Both Nihirizumu and I will confidently say that he is more of a threat than both of us, a mutant and a Kekkei Tōta user".
- Naruto listening says softly "A mutant?".
Killer B whos standing next to Naruto says, "A family member born with a Kekkei Genkai when there is no history of one, a perfect example is the First Hokage. Also the tail just landed".
- At Gyūkis tail a clone of Killer B emerges. He states "This is interesting" as large shadow looms over him.
- The pool of mercury converts more of the ground.
Sunaarashi: "You really don't know how to fight, you are all powerful moves and no proper experience. It's like you have only ever fought people born after the Third War or from your own village. You have no idea how to fight people who know how to fight Uchiha. Look at the the 8-Tails Jinchūriki, have you ever fought anyone in his age group or up from other villages. If so how did it go?".
- Sasuke still struggling to stand thinks to himself. He fought Killer B, got a hole in his chest. The Raikage, nearly got his neck broken. If not for Obito would of been killed by the Tsuchikage. Saved by Zetsu fighting the Mizukage. Everyone else he can think of were ether young like him or originally from Konoha.
- Sasuke stands up "What if I told you I fought Madara, the Ten-Tails and a Goddess?".
Sunaarashi: "Cheeky, from my research Madara did return for the war due to the Second Hokages technique, also a giant beast with ten tails did show up but no proof was ever shown what happened to that in the end".
- Naruto speaks up: "It's true, we also met the sage of six paths and sealed the goddess in a moon in another dimension".
- Gesshoku and Sunaarashi have a concerned look on their faces. Sunaarashi says, "I must of hit the IQ out of him, I'm so sorry Gesshoku".
- Sasuke forms a full body Susanoo with him floating in the head of it while still holding his own head. Sunaarashi walks backwards into Hyperion and it slowly starts lifting itself out of the pool. Sasuke brings down Susanoos sword but the Hyperion catches it with one hand. Sasuke instantly realized it was like he hit a sponge with the impact being absorbed. Hyperion continues raising up, it's now standing up completely, being about a head higher then the Susanoo. Sasuke jumps into the air and flares out Susanoos wings now floating just looking down at the Hyperion.
-Hyperion looking up without saying a word or moving, starts floating up.
- Shima yells: "How can he make that much mass float?".
Naruto gets up: "I have to help".
- Gesshoku gets up and puts the poison back around his face.
- Fukasaku and Shima tell Gamakichi to go back home and tell Bunta everything, he nods and dissapears.
- Tsunade starts backing away but Killer B catches her and tells her, "I have a plan, we just have to stall".
- A walks up beside the toads with Kakashi.
A: "No will believe a Raikage fighting along side the Two Great Sage Toads".
- Gesshoku just looks on, above him in the distance Hyperion forms a long sword in each hand.
~~~~~~
I hope this looks and reads better.
Last edited:
P.8 The Powerful
P.8 The Powerful
- Kurotsuchi wakes up and sees Raidō, she doesn't feeling good but manages to lifts herself up.
- Raidō: "You shouldn't move to much, there was a fair amount of poison in your system"
Kurotsuchi: "I had a dream that I saw a purple Jinchūriki and a flying cow".
Raidō: "you're not exactly dreaming".
- A loud bang is heard, this makes Kurotsuchi turn her head, she sees Gesshoku whos false Jinchūriki form is larger then before, less human in frame with longer limbs and tails. He's fighting A and Fukasaku who are injured but still putting up a fight.
- Kakashi, Genma and Iwashi are laying down with Tsunade healing them.
- Kurotsuchi: "Wait, where is everyone else?".
- A loud bang is heard in the sky. Looking up to where the sound came from she sees a large mass of something silver falling down. She grabs Raidō and goes to jump away but she stumbles. They are grabbed by something and pulled away. The large mass hits the ground with a splash as Kurotsuchi and Raidō are lifted to safety by Shimas Fighting Tongue Bind.
- Shima: "Are you both ok?".
They nod.
- Kurotsuchi looks back up and sees a giant silver suit of armour with one arm fighting Sasukes Susanoo in the sky. Naruto in full Nine-tails mode jump up into the sky at the suit of armour and rips a foot off and throws it away. Killer B in full Eight-tails charges in passing Kurotsuchi, Raidō and Shima.
- Kurotsuchi: "What is happening?".
Raidō: "The suit of amour, that is Sunaarashi, it used to be bigger and in the shape of himself but after a while he armoured it up. Also that flying cow you thought you dreamt, that was likely the Eight-tails".
- Hyperion V2 lands on the ground, it starts growing in size again as Mercury on the ground flows back up into the body. Killer B comes in charging but is thrown away. Naruto latches onto Hyperion and sasuke dives down.
- In a echoed voice, Sunaarashi: "You fast little things".
Spikes stab out from Hyperion in all directions. Naruto jumps back as Hyperion jumps up at sasuke with a new arm and sword, sasuke dodges.
- Gesshoku hits A away and rushes at Tsunade, he grabs her by the throat and lifts her off the ground. Fukasaku and Shima jump in but his 6 tails attack them keeping them away.
- Gesshoku: "I wonder if I rip you in half will you continue to be annoying like your father, Princess?"
- Gesshoku throws Tsunade in the air and grabs her midsection, he starts twisting.
- Something large in thrown towards Gesshoku, he uses his tails as a shield, it's Lava Release: Quicklime Congealing Technique used by Kurotsuchi. Then a Water Release: Water Bullet Technique is shot at Gesshoku from his other side. Unable to release his tails he releases a hand holding Tsunade and uses a Big Ball Rasengan to act as a shield. He sees Kakashi still on the ground behind the water jutsu. He then feels something touch his chest, he turns to Tsunade who has her arm out stretched with blood on it and her Creation Rebirth activated, a summoning seal grows over Gesshoku, he goes to yell but is quickly silenced by an explosion of smoke. Tsunade is thrown away and Kurotsuchi catches her.
- Appearing from the smoke is Katsuyu: "Why am I summoned on a person?".
Tsunade who looks to be in shock doesn't reply.
Katsuyu: "I correct myself, on a large mass of poison?".
Shima: "It's both".
Katsuyu: "Oh, what a suprize, Shima and Fukasaku, I greet you, it's been a long time".
Fukasaku: "You are helping a lot, any chance you can cure that poison?".
Katsuyu: "It's thrashing about but should be curable".
Katsuyu pulses and smaller slugs shoot out from her but form back into her.
Katsuyu: "I don't think I have enough time to cure all the poison with the person thrashing about and changing the types of poison".
- Sasukes Susanoo has one of it's swords stabbing through Hyperion but thinks to himself that because of the density any attack will just pass next to him but also that Sunaarashi swims in the Mercury body making it next to impossible to hit him. Sasuke wraps the wings around Hyperion and yells out "Now!".
Naruto and Killer B have a Tailed Beast Ball formed ready to fire.
Naruto: "I can't with you there".
- Hyperion gets its arms loose and claps next to Sasukes head. Sasuke covers one ear and closes his eyes. Nothing happens, Sasuke opens his eyes and sees Hyperion as pulled one arm back and has formed a large bow and arrow with the bow already pulled back. Sasuke looks behind him and sees everyone else.
Sasuke more desperate: "Now!".
Hyperion shoots the arrow.
- Katsuyu, Shima and Fukasaku turn and see a large arrow heading their direction. They can't do anything and the arrow hits Katsuyus upper half and is stuck into the ground. Katsuyu upper half reconnects back with the lower half and then she pulses again.
Katsuyu: "I can't keep this up much longer".
- Killer B: "Good, he missed".
Naruto: "You must move him!".
- Sasuke looks at Hyperion not replying, he looks behind. Sasuke lets go of Hyperion and turns the Susanoo around. Suddenly Hyperion starts enveloping Susanoo and weighing him down.
- A jumps in past the arrow, as he does he's knocked away.
- Out of the arrow Sunaarashi emerges. He turns the arrow into a fluid form and sends it straight into Katsuyu. He then rips Gesshoku out of Katsuyu. Gesshoku has about 3/4ths of his poison cloak over himself. Gesshoku is breathing heavily.
- Sunaarashi stomps on the ground and a pit opens up under Katsuyu making her fall in, then with one hand forms a seal and the roof over the hole closes. He then reaches both arms out, grabs the air and quickly brings his arms in. Sasuke gets pinned to the ground with Hyperion melting over him. Looking around Sasuke sees chakra threads in the air. Shima jumps up but with a flick of his wrist Sunaarashi loops the threads around her and tightens. Fukasaku goes to help but Sunaarashi pulls on the threats and flings himself forward kicking Fukasaku mid air, now he grabs Shima with his right hand and puts smile on his face.
- Shima looking at Sunaarashi thinks to herself that there is something wrong with that smile.
- Gesshoku locks eyes with Kakashi and starts walking towards him.
Gesshoku: "Konohagakure is the second worse village with how it treats its own people, this is right behind Kirigakure where murder of anyone with a kekkei genkai is common".
- Sunaarashi looking at Shima nods with a small laugh.
- Gesshoku: "Oh wait, it turns out you did do that with the Uchiha, you also sell off Hyūga branch members to form treaties and use kids from other villages as hosts for your demons. Current Hokage, I'm sorry you have to hold the weight of the past".
Gesshoku forms a Poison Style: Rasenspear in each hand, he lifts one arm aiming the jutsu at Kakashi.
- Naruto: "hold the Tailed Beast Ball".
Killer B is shocked.
- Naruto: "Kurama, throw me as hard as you can".
The Full Beast Kurama grabs Naruto from inside the head and then throws Naruto. Kurama form starts to fade away. Sasuke sees Naruto shoot past him and looks forward.
- Sunaarashi watches Naruto fly past and sees he's going straight to Gesshoku, using one hand he forms a seal and stomps on the ground, infront of Naruto an earth spike shoots up, Naruto adjust mid air. Sasuke Activates Amaterasu and fires it at Sunaarashi who uses the Mercury from the arrow to make a shield blocking it. He goes back to paying attention to Naruto who has just dodged the spike, Sunaarashi adjusts his foot, a second earth spike shoots from the first but just rips Narutos jacket.
- Naruto who is in Sage Mode hits Gesshoku in the side with a Rasengan just as he is lowering one of the Poison Style: Rasenspears at Kakashi.
- Gesshoku drops one of the Poison Style: Rasenspears as he is blown away, Naruto catches the Poison Style: Rasenspear and quickly throws it into the air where it then expands. Gesshoku hits a large boulder when the remaining Poison Style: Rasenspear expands sending him off into the distance.
- Naruto then looks at Sunaarashi and starts walking towards him. Sunaarashi drops the Mercury shield that is on fire with Amaterasu and throws away Shima. Sunaarashi smile stops, he looks serious as he just stands still. Naruto stops walking.
- Naruto, Shima and fukasaku start feeling something weird.
- Sasuke looks and thinks Sunaarashi chakra is acting weird before becoming shocked and yells at Naruto to move.
- Naruto is suddenly suprised by an arm lunging at him and jumps back.
- Through Sasukes Rinnegan he sees the air between Naruto and Sunaarashi is full of cracks with the arm appearing from one of the cracks.
- Naruto and everyone else sees one crack in the air with an arm sticking out of it. It widens and Nihirizumu emerges from it looking a little beat up.
- Fukasaku thinks to himself if that feeling was that boy using a Spacetime Jutsu to get here.
- Sasuke sees all the cracks close up that the others can't see.
- Sunaarashi: "How did it go?".
Nihirizumu just looks to everyone else: "you all should go home and prepare for refugees".
- Kurotsuchi yelling: "What did you do?".
Nihirizumu: "Retired the third".
Kurotsuchi: "I don't believe you".
-Kurotsuchi charges at Nihirizumu but is stopped by Gesshoku who lands in front of her with 7th Gate open.
- Gesshoku goes to punch her as Naruto jumps in and pulls her away.
- Gesshoku turns off 7th Gate and most of the remaining poison cloak goes away with only a jumper like top made from the poison covering him.
- Nirihizumu looks at Naruto for a little bit.
Nihirizumu: "Catch him".
- Gesshoku and Sunaarashi both charge. Naruto dodges both sets of arms but then he feels something grab his right arm. Between the bodies of Gesshoku and Sunaarashi, Nihirizumus arm has reached in and caught Naruto. As Naruto jumps back he's angry, Kurotsuchi sees Naruto is now missing his hand.
- Nihirizumu now holding the hand looks at it, Gesshoku is confused and Sunaarashi is interested in it.
Nihirizumu: "I felt something was weird with your arm back when I first saw you, but only now with Gesshokus poison in it I can tell it's not a real arm".
Naruto recalls using his right hand to catch and throw the Poison Style: Rasenspear away.
- With Sunaarashi no longer keeping the Mercury pinned down on Sasuke he releases his Susanoo and jumps to where Naruto is. Nihirizumu looks at Sasuke.
Nihirizumu: "That's Fugaku son, and the father was the young Uchiha back in Konohagakure".
- Sunaarashi: "Oh, can you tell if that Uchiha boy had stolen his left eye from the person in Amegakure?".
Nihirizumu: "I would need to be closer to tell".
- Sunaarashi then looks at Sasuke.
Sunaarashi: "Can you see this?".
Sunaarashi puts one hand up with a small ball of Mercury floating above his palm. Sasuke doesn't say anything. He brings his fingers over the ball, kind of closing his fist, then points the opening made with his thumb and index finger at Sasuke. Sasuke looks and sees Magnet Release is being used and that the ball is spinning, it's getting faster, really fast.
With a smile, Sunaarashi: "Duel Release: Rail cannon".
- Sasuke puts up his Susanoo but barely the ribs shown up before he heard a loud snap. He looks and a rib had been broken completely and then sees Naruto standing behind him, blood starts dripping from his mouth, Naruto then falls to the ground. Sasuke looks back and Nihirizumu is right in front off him touching the Susanoo, the remaining ribs shatter. Before Sasuke can react Nihirizumu fingers are directly in front of his eyes. Sasuke notes that his movements are so smooth in motion. Suddenly Sasuke falls to the ground yelling in pain and covers his eyes.
- Tsunade who just makes it to Naruto who is bleeding from his stomach and back sees Sasukes eyes, they look cracked.
- Nihirizumu grabs Sasukes face and lifts it up to his own.
Nihirizumu: "I'm sorry but this is a torture method I made up to get information from anyone with a Dōjutsu, in a few days it will heal up if treated".
He looks close into Sasukes cracked eyes then lets go, Sasuke leans back onto the ground. Nihirizumu walks back to the other two.
Nihirizumu: "They are real Uchiha eyes but not his original, I assume originally from a sibling as they don't feel to be Fugakus, likely a Mutation. We are now leaving".
He reached out to the air.
- Kurotsuchi: "Why don't you just kill us?".
Nihirizumu stands still for a second and sighs.
Nihirizumu: "It's not my goal to kill anyone if I don't need to".
Sunaarashi: "I don't care if people live for die, I just want to have fun".
Gesshoku: "I should kill you all but I listen to my friends".
- A comes back into the scene.
A: "I can't let any of you leave".
Kakashi is back on my feet agreeing. Kurotsuchi prepares herself.
- Nihirizumu: "You all should respect the chance to live when it's given".
- Sunaarashi looks to Nihirizumu who nods back at him, he then puts on a large smile. He reaches his arms back behind him and grabs the air. He looks like he's struggling to bring them forward. Then the Mercury from Hyperion starts lifting and gushing towards everyone. As the wave of Mercury flows around the three Sunaarashi then lifts his arm making the wave of Mercury have a maw ready to crash.
- Just before the crash the Mercury suddenly changes it's flow. Sunaarashi looks confused. Nihirizumu puts his hand to the ground making a triangle stone pillar shoots up from the ground, he pulls the two close into him.
- Suddenly everyone get hit by a strong blast of wind from behind.
- The blast gets cut on the pillar having next to little effect on the three.
- A clone of Killer B jumps in, it puts it's fist out to Killer B, they fist bump and the clone disappears.
- From the direction of the air blast a loud voice is heard laughing.
Unknown voice: "I heard someone was having trouble".
Kurama sighs.
Shukaku shows up laughing, then looks to Naruto.
Shukaku : "I will let the fox owe me one".
- Any weapons on the ground start lifting, head bands start lifting off the heads of people. Shukaku feels the air, then looks to the three.
Shukaku: "It's been a long time since there has been someone with such strong Magnet Release".
Sunaarashi: "Do you want to lose another Jinchūriki?".
Nihirizumu: "It has no host, it's free".
Shukaku: "I will show these young ones a lesson".
Tsunade: "Do not touch the red haired one, he's an Uzumaki and will seal you away".
- Shukaku does not listen and moves forward.
- Sunaarashi laughs and lifts up both arms, he covers one in Mercury.
Sunaarashi: "Do you really not remember me?".
- Shukaku looks in anger from the laughing but then stops, starts moving backwards. Shukaku turns to Killer B.
Shukaku: "You stupid ox, are you trying to get me killed!".
- Sunaarashi laughs and Nihirizumu starts cracking the air behind them.
- Gesshoku walks into the crack.
Sunaarashi: "Tell the others beasts I'm back".
He then jumps into the crack.
Nihirizumu looks back at everyone: "be smart".
He then enters the crack.
The cracks close leaving no sign of them.
- Kurotsuchi wakes up and sees Raidō, she doesn't feeling good but manages to lifts herself up.
- Raidō: "You shouldn't move to much, there was a fair amount of poison in your system"
Kurotsuchi: "I had a dream that I saw a purple Jinchūriki and a flying cow".
Raidō: "you're not exactly dreaming".
- A loud bang is heard, this makes Kurotsuchi turn her head, she sees Gesshoku whos false Jinchūriki form is larger then before, less human in frame with longer limbs and tails. He's fighting A and Fukasaku who are injured but still putting up a fight.
- Kakashi, Genma and Iwashi are laying down with Tsunade healing them.
- Kurotsuchi: "Wait, where is everyone else?".
- A loud bang is heard in the sky. Looking up to where the sound came from she sees a large mass of something silver falling down. She grabs Raidō and goes to jump away but she stumbles. They are grabbed by something and pulled away. The large mass hits the ground with a splash as Kurotsuchi and Raidō are lifted to safety by Shimas Fighting Tongue Bind.
- Shima: "Are you both ok?".
They nod.
- Kurotsuchi looks back up and sees a giant silver suit of armour with one arm fighting Sasukes Susanoo in the sky. Naruto in full Nine-tails mode jump up into the sky at the suit of armour and rips a foot off and throws it away. Killer B in full Eight-tails charges in passing Kurotsuchi, Raidō and Shima.
- Kurotsuchi: "What is happening?".
Raidō: "The suit of amour, that is Sunaarashi, it used to be bigger and in the shape of himself but after a while he armoured it up. Also that flying cow you thought you dreamt, that was likely the Eight-tails".
- Hyperion V2 lands on the ground, it starts growing in size again as Mercury on the ground flows back up into the body. Killer B comes in charging but is thrown away. Naruto latches onto Hyperion and sasuke dives down.
- In a echoed voice, Sunaarashi: "You fast little things".
Spikes stab out from Hyperion in all directions. Naruto jumps back as Hyperion jumps up at sasuke with a new arm and sword, sasuke dodges.
- Gesshoku hits A away and rushes at Tsunade, he grabs her by the throat and lifts her off the ground. Fukasaku and Shima jump in but his 6 tails attack them keeping them away.
- Gesshoku: "I wonder if I rip you in half will you continue to be annoying like your father, Princess?"
- Gesshoku throws Tsunade in the air and grabs her midsection, he starts twisting.
- Something large in thrown towards Gesshoku, he uses his tails as a shield, it's Lava Release: Quicklime Congealing Technique used by Kurotsuchi. Then a Water Release: Water Bullet Technique is shot at Gesshoku from his other side. Unable to release his tails he releases a hand holding Tsunade and uses a Big Ball Rasengan to act as a shield. He sees Kakashi still on the ground behind the water jutsu. He then feels something touch his chest, he turns to Tsunade who has her arm out stretched with blood on it and her Creation Rebirth activated, a summoning seal grows over Gesshoku, he goes to yell but is quickly silenced by an explosion of smoke. Tsunade is thrown away and Kurotsuchi catches her.
- Appearing from the smoke is Katsuyu: "Why am I summoned on a person?".
Tsunade who looks to be in shock doesn't reply.
Katsuyu: "I correct myself, on a large mass of poison?".
Shima: "It's both".
Katsuyu: "Oh, what a suprize, Shima and Fukasaku, I greet you, it's been a long time".
Fukasaku: "You are helping a lot, any chance you can cure that poison?".
Katsuyu: "It's thrashing about but should be curable".
Katsuyu pulses and smaller slugs shoot out from her but form back into her.
Katsuyu: "I don't think I have enough time to cure all the poison with the person thrashing about and changing the types of poison".
- Sasukes Susanoo has one of it's swords stabbing through Hyperion but thinks to himself that because of the density any attack will just pass next to him but also that Sunaarashi swims in the Mercury body making it next to impossible to hit him. Sasuke wraps the wings around Hyperion and yells out "Now!".
Naruto and Killer B have a Tailed Beast Ball formed ready to fire.
Naruto: "I can't with you there".
- Hyperion gets its arms loose and claps next to Sasukes head. Sasuke covers one ear and closes his eyes. Nothing happens, Sasuke opens his eyes and sees Hyperion as pulled one arm back and has formed a large bow and arrow with the bow already pulled back. Sasuke looks behind him and sees everyone else.
Sasuke more desperate: "Now!".
Hyperion shoots the arrow.
- Katsuyu, Shima and Fukasaku turn and see a large arrow heading their direction. They can't do anything and the arrow hits Katsuyus upper half and is stuck into the ground. Katsuyu upper half reconnects back with the lower half and then she pulses again.
Katsuyu: "I can't keep this up much longer".
- Killer B: "Good, he missed".
Naruto: "You must move him!".
- Sasuke looks at Hyperion not replying, he looks behind. Sasuke lets go of Hyperion and turns the Susanoo around. Suddenly Hyperion starts enveloping Susanoo and weighing him down.
- A jumps in past the arrow, as he does he's knocked away.
- Out of the arrow Sunaarashi emerges. He turns the arrow into a fluid form and sends it straight into Katsuyu. He then rips Gesshoku out of Katsuyu. Gesshoku has about 3/4ths of his poison cloak over himself. Gesshoku is breathing heavily.
- Sunaarashi stomps on the ground and a pit opens up under Katsuyu making her fall in, then with one hand forms a seal and the roof over the hole closes. He then reaches both arms out, grabs the air and quickly brings his arms in. Sasuke gets pinned to the ground with Hyperion melting over him. Looking around Sasuke sees chakra threads in the air. Shima jumps up but with a flick of his wrist Sunaarashi loops the threads around her and tightens. Fukasaku goes to help but Sunaarashi pulls on the threats and flings himself forward kicking Fukasaku mid air, now he grabs Shima with his right hand and puts smile on his face.
- Shima looking at Sunaarashi thinks to herself that there is something wrong with that smile.
- Gesshoku locks eyes with Kakashi and starts walking towards him.
Gesshoku: "Konohagakure is the second worse village with how it treats its own people, this is right behind Kirigakure where murder of anyone with a kekkei genkai is common".
- Sunaarashi looking at Shima nods with a small laugh.
- Gesshoku: "Oh wait, it turns out you did do that with the Uchiha, you also sell off Hyūga branch members to form treaties and use kids from other villages as hosts for your demons. Current Hokage, I'm sorry you have to hold the weight of the past".
Gesshoku forms a Poison Style: Rasenspear in each hand, he lifts one arm aiming the jutsu at Kakashi.
- Naruto: "hold the Tailed Beast Ball".
Killer B is shocked.
- Naruto: "Kurama, throw me as hard as you can".
The Full Beast Kurama grabs Naruto from inside the head and then throws Naruto. Kurama form starts to fade away. Sasuke sees Naruto shoot past him and looks forward.
- Sunaarashi watches Naruto fly past and sees he's going straight to Gesshoku, using one hand he forms a seal and stomps on the ground, infront of Naruto an earth spike shoots up, Naruto adjust mid air. Sasuke Activates Amaterasu and fires it at Sunaarashi who uses the Mercury from the arrow to make a shield blocking it. He goes back to paying attention to Naruto who has just dodged the spike, Sunaarashi adjusts his foot, a second earth spike shoots from the first but just rips Narutos jacket.
- Naruto who is in Sage Mode hits Gesshoku in the side with a Rasengan just as he is lowering one of the Poison Style: Rasenspears at Kakashi.
- Gesshoku drops one of the Poison Style: Rasenspears as he is blown away, Naruto catches the Poison Style: Rasenspear and quickly throws it into the air where it then expands. Gesshoku hits a large boulder when the remaining Poison Style: Rasenspear expands sending him off into the distance.
- Naruto then looks at Sunaarashi and starts walking towards him. Sunaarashi drops the Mercury shield that is on fire with Amaterasu and throws away Shima. Sunaarashi smile stops, he looks serious as he just stands still. Naruto stops walking.
- Naruto, Shima and fukasaku start feeling something weird.
- Sasuke looks and thinks Sunaarashi chakra is acting weird before becoming shocked and yells at Naruto to move.
- Naruto is suddenly suprised by an arm lunging at him and jumps back.
- Through Sasukes Rinnegan he sees the air between Naruto and Sunaarashi is full of cracks with the arm appearing from one of the cracks.
- Naruto and everyone else sees one crack in the air with an arm sticking out of it. It widens and Nihirizumu emerges from it looking a little beat up.
- Fukasaku thinks to himself if that feeling was that boy using a Spacetime Jutsu to get here.
- Sasuke sees all the cracks close up that the others can't see.
- Sunaarashi: "How did it go?".
Nihirizumu just looks to everyone else: "you all should go home and prepare for refugees".
- Kurotsuchi yelling: "What did you do?".
Nihirizumu: "Retired the third".
Kurotsuchi: "I don't believe you".
-Kurotsuchi charges at Nihirizumu but is stopped by Gesshoku who lands in front of her with 7th Gate open.
- Gesshoku goes to punch her as Naruto jumps in and pulls her away.
- Gesshoku turns off 7th Gate and most of the remaining poison cloak goes away with only a jumper like top made from the poison covering him.
- Nirihizumu looks at Naruto for a little bit.
Nihirizumu: "Catch him".
- Gesshoku and Sunaarashi both charge. Naruto dodges both sets of arms but then he feels something grab his right arm. Between the bodies of Gesshoku and Sunaarashi, Nihirizumus arm has reached in and caught Naruto. As Naruto jumps back he's angry, Kurotsuchi sees Naruto is now missing his hand.
- Nihirizumu now holding the hand looks at it, Gesshoku is confused and Sunaarashi is interested in it.
Nihirizumu: "I felt something was weird with your arm back when I first saw you, but only now with Gesshokus poison in it I can tell it's not a real arm".
Naruto recalls using his right hand to catch and throw the Poison Style: Rasenspear away.
- With Sunaarashi no longer keeping the Mercury pinned down on Sasuke he releases his Susanoo and jumps to where Naruto is. Nihirizumu looks at Sasuke.
Nihirizumu: "That's Fugaku son, and the father was the young Uchiha back in Konohagakure".
- Sunaarashi: "Oh, can you tell if that Uchiha boy had stolen his left eye from the person in Amegakure?".
Nihirizumu: "I would need to be closer to tell".
- Sunaarashi then looks at Sasuke.
Sunaarashi: "Can you see this?".
Sunaarashi puts one hand up with a small ball of Mercury floating above his palm. Sasuke doesn't say anything. He brings his fingers over the ball, kind of closing his fist, then points the opening made with his thumb and index finger at Sasuke. Sasuke looks and sees Magnet Release is being used and that the ball is spinning, it's getting faster, really fast.
With a smile, Sunaarashi: "Duel Release: Rail cannon".
- Sasuke puts up his Susanoo but barely the ribs shown up before he heard a loud snap. He looks and a rib had been broken completely and then sees Naruto standing behind him, blood starts dripping from his mouth, Naruto then falls to the ground. Sasuke looks back and Nihirizumu is right in front off him touching the Susanoo, the remaining ribs shatter. Before Sasuke can react Nihirizumu fingers are directly in front of his eyes. Sasuke notes that his movements are so smooth in motion. Suddenly Sasuke falls to the ground yelling in pain and covers his eyes.
- Tsunade who just makes it to Naruto who is bleeding from his stomach and back sees Sasukes eyes, they look cracked.
- Nihirizumu grabs Sasukes face and lifts it up to his own.
Nihirizumu: "I'm sorry but this is a torture method I made up to get information from anyone with a Dōjutsu, in a few days it will heal up if treated".
He looks close into Sasukes cracked eyes then lets go, Sasuke leans back onto the ground. Nihirizumu walks back to the other two.
Nihirizumu: "They are real Uchiha eyes but not his original, I assume originally from a sibling as they don't feel to be Fugakus, likely a Mutation. We are now leaving".
He reached out to the air.
- Kurotsuchi: "Why don't you just kill us?".
Nihirizumu stands still for a second and sighs.
Nihirizumu: "It's not my goal to kill anyone if I don't need to".
Sunaarashi: "I don't care if people live for die, I just want to have fun".
Gesshoku: "I should kill you all but I listen to my friends".
- A comes back into the scene.
A: "I can't let any of you leave".
Kakashi is back on my feet agreeing. Kurotsuchi prepares herself.
- Nihirizumu: "You all should respect the chance to live when it's given".
- Sunaarashi looks to Nihirizumu who nods back at him, he then puts on a large smile. He reaches his arms back behind him and grabs the air. He looks like he's struggling to bring them forward. Then the Mercury from Hyperion starts lifting and gushing towards everyone. As the wave of Mercury flows around the three Sunaarashi then lifts his arm making the wave of Mercury have a maw ready to crash.
- Just before the crash the Mercury suddenly changes it's flow. Sunaarashi looks confused. Nihirizumu puts his hand to the ground making a triangle stone pillar shoots up from the ground, he pulls the two close into him.
- Suddenly everyone get hit by a strong blast of wind from behind.
- The blast gets cut on the pillar having next to little effect on the three.
- A clone of Killer B jumps in, it puts it's fist out to Killer B, they fist bump and the clone disappears.
- From the direction of the air blast a loud voice is heard laughing.
Unknown voice: "I heard someone was having trouble".
Kurama sighs.
Shukaku shows up laughing, then looks to Naruto.
Shukaku : "I will let the fox owe me one".
- Any weapons on the ground start lifting, head bands start lifting off the heads of people. Shukaku feels the air, then looks to the three.
Shukaku: "It's been a long time since there has been someone with such strong Magnet Release".
Sunaarashi: "Do you want to lose another Jinchūriki?".
Nihirizumu: "It has no host, it's free".
Shukaku: "I will show these young ones a lesson".
Tsunade: "Do not touch the red haired one, he's an Uzumaki and will seal you away".
- Shukaku does not listen and moves forward.
- Sunaarashi laughs and lifts up both arms, he covers one in Mercury.
Sunaarashi: "Do you really not remember me?".
- Shukaku looks in anger from the laughing but then stops, starts moving backwards. Shukaku turns to Killer B.
Shukaku: "You stupid ox, are you trying to get me killed!".
- Sunaarashi laughs and Nihirizumu starts cracking the air behind them.
- Gesshoku walks into the crack.
Sunaarashi: "Tell the others beasts I'm back".
He then jumps into the crack.
Nihirizumu looks back at everyone: "be smart".
He then enters the crack.
The cracks close leaving no sign of them.
Last edited:
P.9 Next Steps
P.9 Next Steps
- In Sunagakure Gaara stands in his office looking out when he sees shinobi start moving. Baki opens the door saying Kankurō has returned.
- Gaara arives on scene and sees Sasuke is writhing in pain covering his face, Naruto is unconscious and being treated by Tsunade as A, Kakashi, Killer B and Kurotsuchi are bandaged up.
- Baki helps with other shinobi transporting the injured to the hospital as Gaara over sees everything.
Gaara: "What has happened, you took more shinobi with you?"
Kankurō: "We need to prepare houses for more people, a large group of citizens from Iwagakure are making their way. The others are bringing them safely".
- Gaara goes over to talk to Kakashi who is sitting down.
Kakashi: "We lost".
Gaara looks over and sees just how defeated they all are.
Gaara: "Kankurō, bring them to my place, I have room for them. Now I need to get in contact with the other villages".
Kankurō agrees.
- 4 days later.
- Sakura, Temari, Shikamaru and Hanabi are in Sunagakure. A and Killer B have already left back to Kumogakure. Kitsuchi is with the people who left Iwagakure, Ōnoki and Kurotsuchi are injured at the Sunagakure hospital.
- Thanks to the Shukaku it's been found out that Magnet Release is a counter to Mercury Release, Magnetic forces pushes away Mercury so Sunaarashi can't bring his Mercury towards himself but can push it away and uses puppet strings to manipulate what he can't. Also that while he can convert earth into Mercury he can't convert other pure elements, such as gold and silver.
Flashback talking to Shukaku: "If you plan on fighting him do it on an active volcanic plain or something with lots of pure elements in the soil like sulfur, he can't turn that into Mercury".
- Sakura is healing Sasukes eyes as he is sitting in a chair, his eyes are still cracked but not as much and his sight is returning to normal. Someone enters the room.
- Naruto is walking around the hospital with Hanabi.
Naruto: "you didn't need to stay this long, you know me, I will be fine".
Hanabi: "Hinata requested I make sure you are ok and we both cant say no to her".
They enter Sasukes room, Kakashi, Shikamaru, Gaara and Tsunade are there.
- Naruto: "What's going on?".
Kakashi: "We need to get ready for the next battle".
Naruto: "How's that going to work, they took over Iwagakure?".
Ōnoki: "We raid Iwagakure".
Ōnoki in a wheelchair being pushed my Kurotsuchi comes into the room.
Naruto: "Why would do such a thing, it's your home?".
Ōnoki: "It's been primarily evacuated but what makes a home isn't where it is, but whos there. We can rebuild and make a safe home".
Naruto understands nodding.
Shikamaru: "You worded that oddly, what do you mean by primarily?".
Kurotsuchi looks down.
Ōnoki sighs: "Some didn't leave, or in some cases couldn't".
Naruto is shocked.
Kakashi: "We would like to draw them out so the civilians can't be used as hostages".
Tsunade: "Sasuke, Sakura and I will need to go somewhere first to get back up".
Ōnoki: "Naruto, I understand your concern, I really do but those three can do much more damage then I would like to admit, it might be to hard to save everyone".
Naruto remembers the battle and doesn't want to imagine what it would of been like with all three there.
Gaara: "There is still time to plan and not to jump to the worst outcomes or the most dire strategies yet".
Kakashi: "Naruto, Hanabi, we will be returning home tomorrow".
- Late into the night Gaara is sitting at his desk as Kankurō comes in.
Kankurō: "I know you're Kazekage but you too should get some rest".
Gaara agrees and gets up.
- As Gaara closes the door exiting a figure is seen outside.
- Sunaarashi stands, looking around.
Sunaarashi: "I was hoping to feel nostalgia, but nothing".
He jumps down and starts wondering the village, no one seem to realize he's there.
Sunaarashi sighs: "I'm disappointed, figured the Third would of set something up just incase. Even more so with Rasa becoming the Fourth, with his paranoid obsession with being strong and in control, he might of set something up, but nope. But his son, he's a bit too lax. So I will make them all paranoid".
A sinister smile shows up on his face.
- Sunaarashi feels something, familiar, but different, on the outskirts of the village.
- A woman sits in the dark with a young child whos playing in front of her. The woman is bit on the frail side in appearance and not in the most clean of outfits.
Woman: "I know you're there, I may be weak but I'm not incompetent".
Sunaarashi stepping out of the darkness: "You are no shinobi yet you have worked this out yourself?".
Sunaarashi sits next to the woman.
Woman: "You feel weird, can you turn it off?".
Sunaarashi smiling: "I can't but why are you like this, I can tell she can be so much more?".
Woman: "How he can you tell?".
Sunaarashi twirls his finger on the ground and lifts up little bits on Iron and Gold from the soil, the woman shocked reaches over and cups her hands under the Iron and Gold. Sunaarashi pulls his finger away, the materials slowly fall into her hands and ground before she gives way and everything falls.
Woman: "You, you're part of the Kazekage clan?".
Sunaarashi: "So are you, but you keep yourself hidden?".
Woman: "I'm an orphan, I don't know my parents, also being born when the Third Ninja War was active the care given to me was minimal. being an orphan this kept me from becoming a shinobi Then I discovered my Magnetic powers, but having an inferior complex I didn't want to stand out. Also with how high the Kazekage clan is regarded, that really didn't help".
Sunaarashi looks to the boy: "what about the boys father?".
Woman: "He's a Shinobi, I'm unsure where he is or if he even knows".
Sunaarashi: "If I see him would like to give him a piece of your mind? I can assure you, I'm strong".
The woman laughs quietly: "A good punch maybe won't hurt. Buts he's not worth it, maybe not even worth being used for warmth like a fire".
Sunaarashi: "Can get your name?".
Woman: "I shouldn't give information out to strangers".
Sunaarashi gets up: "well, I will leave, you have a fun life".
The boy still plays by himself as Sunaarashi flickers away.
- The woman struggles standing up.
Woman: "come here Shinki, we better go home".
The boy runs up to her.
- Another woman in her 50s is in her house with her partner. A knock on the door, the partner gets up and goes to the door. After a bit of no sound, the woman calls out, nothing, she gets up and makes her way to the door. The door is open, she looks out but then is pulled back into the house violently. She's grabbed by the jaw covering her mouth, she looks at the person holding her up, she muffles four syllables with a shocked face.
Sunaarashi: "It seems you remember me".
The woman looks to the ground, her partner on the ground, neck twisted in a weird angle, she struggles with a muffled scream.
Sunaarashi: "You really tied a lot all those years ago, turns out your plan worked, but it left a reminder that you abandoned".
The woman is still struggling not hearing what's being said.
Sunaarashi: "You will be used to help make everyone scared to sleep at night".
A smile is on his face as he brings her close to him.
- The next morning is busy. Gaara didn't get much sleep after an early wake up. He felt something wake him up, a vibe only felt with Magnet Release. He quickly rushed out and there was a scene, a person strung up by puppets. A message on the person says 'You need to do better'.
- Then there was a commotion with the refugees. A womans body was found tucked in a blanket among the people as they slept. Gaara soon found out this was a Suna resident and this makes him think just how defenseless everyone was here.
- Ōnoki is furious that no one sensed an intruder.
Gaara: "This was Sunaarashis doing, I had felt a Magnet Release pulse".
Kakashi: "He must of been using Silent Killing".
- Tsunade, Sakura and Sasuke left early in the morning, Sasukes eyes still not 100% as things to him are still blurry.
- Kakashi makes sure Gaara and Ōnoki will be fine but they assure him that they are and that he needs to look after his people.
- Kakashi, Naruto, Shikamaru and Hanabi leave to return home.
- In Iwagakure Nihirizumu sits in the Tsuchikage office with a heap of paper work. Gesshoku walks in and sits down in a chair going limp.
Nihirizumu: "How was it?".
Gesshoku: "I'm exhausted, at lest there are people who are dedicated to their job but they have a tough one ahead of them".
- Sunaarashi walks into the room: "I found the 4th book in Sunagakure".
He's holding up Icha Icha Tactics. Gesshoku sighs. Sunaarashi sits down and opens the book.
Sunaarashi: "Any way I can help?".
Nihirizumu: "No, because while you would help tremendously you would somehow make it law that people have to not wear pants when out in public, I wont know how you did it but you would somehow make it so".
Sunaarashi laughs while looking down at the book.
- An older Shinobi walks in, he stops as sees the three look at him, he sweats and stutters: "The Daimyō is here for the meeting".
- As the Daimyō walks in, he looks at Gesshoku and Sunaarashi: "Can they leave".
Nihirizumu: "No".
Daimyō: "...I would like to retire soon but would also like the main income of the Land of Earth to still be a prosperous before I go".
Nihirizumu: "I told the people that they don't have to leave. Turns out they are to reliant on the old man and left abandoning a lot of the sick and old. You know the hold that old man has on the people".
Daimyō: "I don't want any issues to happen, but I do appreciate what have done in such little time already. Even this man has been doing a lot more then I imagined for a village not his own".
The Daimyō looks to Gesshoku.
Nihirizumu: "I will make people see everything is fine and that this is just a temporary change of head".
Daimyō: "I wish you luck but know I will keep an eye out for the lands best interest, not just this village".
Nihirizumu: "You have known me since I was a child, I will do what is best".
The Daimyō leaves.
- Gesshoku: " Oi, Sunaarashi can you assist me with helping at the hospital, there is a lot happening".
Sunaarashi: "Only if you finish reading the second book".
Gesshoku shutters.
Nihirizumu: "Please?".
Sunaarashi: "Fine, but I will still be reading while doing so. Gesshoku, you get some rest".
Gesshoku agrees and prepares to go to sleep in the chair.
Nihirizumu: "Thank you. both of you".
Sunaarashi just walks out the door.
- Sasuke has his eyes now fully healed.
Sasuke: "We have arrived".
Himself, Sakura and Tsunade are at a entrance in the side of a cliff.
- Unknown mans voice: "What do you want?".
A womans voice yells: "Get out of the way".
Karin runs out and hugs Sakura.
Karin: "It's been some time, I'm so happy to see you".
Sakura joins in embracing Karin back.
Suigetsu is laying at the entrance from being run over by Karin.
- Jūgo then walks out.
Jūgo: " Follow me to where Orochimaru is".
Sasuke nods and follows as everyone else follows behind.
- Walking through some labs.
Tsunade: "His habits haven't really changed".
- In a large room with desks and clear containers with liquid in them, Orochimaru stands.
Orochimaru: "What did I do to deserve such guests?".
- Tsunade: "What do you knows about the current situation?".
Orochimaru: "I've been keeping my head out off all the drama and working on my own things and problems, but I do knows something happened in Iwagakure that involved a mass evacuation".
Karin: "We can't really do much under constant watch".
- Yamato is also in the room.
Yamato: "Even I don't know the exact details with what's happening as communications have been more or less cut off for now. Just that I will keep doing what I have been doing".
- Tsunade looks at Orochimaru with a serious face: "Gesshoku has returned".
- Orochimaru is speechless at first.
Orochimaru: "How. Impure World Reincarnation, another way?".
Tsunade: "He never died, the Third lied".
Orochimaru starts getting angry but calms himself.
Orochimaru: "What's the plan?".
Sakura: "That's what we need you for, if there is anyone to likely have something that can be used to help stopping them, it would be you".
Orochimaru: "Why did you say, 'them'?".
Sasuke: "There are two others, a big guy and one with long brown hair".
Orochimaru looks at Tsunade with a shocked look, she just nods.
Orochimaru: "how could they let them live?".
- Suigestu: "Who you all talking about?".
Orochimaru: "Sunaarashi never died".
Suigestu just hearing the name is stunned: "Wait, the one from the theory of origin of the Bloody Mist is alive, the one who is said to of made the 4th crazy after a big fight?".
- Sasuke: "The plan so far is to force them apart, focus on one while stalling the other two".
- Orochimaru thinks to himself.
Orochimaru: "I might have an idea to do that to at least one of them. But I think we need to see someone first".
- Sakura: "Kakashi is going to request you come back to Konohagakure to help with working this out".
Orochimaru: "I see, well my plan involves seeing that someone on the way their".
- Orochimaru informs the rest they will be leaving too.
- Days pass, Kakashi is with Shikamaru and Orochimaru. A Shinobi runs into the room in a panic.
Shinobi: "The Kage television from Iwagakure has turned on".
- Across the other Villages each Kage is watching the device as static is only heard.
- Soon an image appears, it's Nihirizumu.
- Sunaarashis voise is first heard, he can't be seen but says that it should be working.
- Nihirizumu: "To all listening, I'm not the new Tsuchikage but just the acting leader of Iwagakure, while turmoil has happened the situation in Iwagakure is now undercontrol, it is ready for its citizens to return home. The Daimyō has even approved the return of the people claiming its safe.
- Nihirizumu is holding up a piece of paper, the paper having the Daimyōs seal on it.
- Shikamaru: "I don't think that can be faked".
Kakashi doesn't reply.
- Nihirizumu continues: "You all likely don't believe me, but I promises Iwagakure is safe and I am open to talks".
- Gaara: "How true you think this could that be?".
Ōnoki: "I don't believe it, or want to".
- Nihirizumu: "You know how to contact me, and please, do not deny the people their home".
- The communication device turns off.
- Kakashi: "We should prepare to get ready now".
- Naruto is in his mind talking to Kurama.
Naruto: "Is everything is ready?".
Kurama smiles as Shukaku, Isobu, Saiken and Chōmei stand around Naruto.
Shukaku: "I don't like this but job will be done".
Naruto: "You're awesome Shukaku".
- Son Gokū joins in: "The arena has been prepared, just incase I will oversee everything"
- Naruto thanks Son Gokū and tell everyone else to be careful.
- Most just leave, the Shukaku leaves loudly.
- Naruto: "We are going to win".
Kurama agrees.
- In Sunagakure Gaara stands in his office looking out when he sees shinobi start moving. Baki opens the door saying Kankurō has returned.
- Gaara arives on scene and sees Sasuke is writhing in pain covering his face, Naruto is unconscious and being treated by Tsunade as A, Kakashi, Killer B and Kurotsuchi are bandaged up.
- Baki helps with other shinobi transporting the injured to the hospital as Gaara over sees everything.
Gaara: "What has happened, you took more shinobi with you?"
Kankurō: "We need to prepare houses for more people, a large group of citizens from Iwagakure are making their way. The others are bringing them safely".
- Gaara goes over to talk to Kakashi who is sitting down.
Kakashi: "We lost".
Gaara looks over and sees just how defeated they all are.
Gaara: "Kankurō, bring them to my place, I have room for them. Now I need to get in contact with the other villages".
Kankurō agrees.
- 4 days later.
- Sakura, Temari, Shikamaru and Hanabi are in Sunagakure. A and Killer B have already left back to Kumogakure. Kitsuchi is with the people who left Iwagakure, Ōnoki and Kurotsuchi are injured at the Sunagakure hospital.
- Thanks to the Shukaku it's been found out that Magnet Release is a counter to Mercury Release, Magnetic forces pushes away Mercury so Sunaarashi can't bring his Mercury towards himself but can push it away and uses puppet strings to manipulate what he can't. Also that while he can convert earth into Mercury he can't convert other pure elements, such as gold and silver.
Flashback talking to Shukaku: "If you plan on fighting him do it on an active volcanic plain or something with lots of pure elements in the soil like sulfur, he can't turn that into Mercury".
- Sakura is healing Sasukes eyes as he is sitting in a chair, his eyes are still cracked but not as much and his sight is returning to normal. Someone enters the room.
- Naruto is walking around the hospital with Hanabi.
Naruto: "you didn't need to stay this long, you know me, I will be fine".
Hanabi: "Hinata requested I make sure you are ok and we both cant say no to her".
They enter Sasukes room, Kakashi, Shikamaru, Gaara and Tsunade are there.
- Naruto: "What's going on?".
Kakashi: "We need to get ready for the next battle".
Naruto: "How's that going to work, they took over Iwagakure?".
Ōnoki: "We raid Iwagakure".
Ōnoki in a wheelchair being pushed my Kurotsuchi comes into the room.
Naruto: "Why would do such a thing, it's your home?".
Ōnoki: "It's been primarily evacuated but what makes a home isn't where it is, but whos there. We can rebuild and make a safe home".
Naruto understands nodding.
Shikamaru: "You worded that oddly, what do you mean by primarily?".
Kurotsuchi looks down.
Ōnoki sighs: "Some didn't leave, or in some cases couldn't".
Naruto is shocked.
Kakashi: "We would like to draw them out so the civilians can't be used as hostages".
Tsunade: "Sasuke, Sakura and I will need to go somewhere first to get back up".
Ōnoki: "Naruto, I understand your concern, I really do but those three can do much more damage then I would like to admit, it might be to hard to save everyone".
Naruto remembers the battle and doesn't want to imagine what it would of been like with all three there.
Gaara: "There is still time to plan and not to jump to the worst outcomes or the most dire strategies yet".
Kakashi: "Naruto, Hanabi, we will be returning home tomorrow".
- Late into the night Gaara is sitting at his desk as Kankurō comes in.
Kankurō: "I know you're Kazekage but you too should get some rest".
Gaara agrees and gets up.
- As Gaara closes the door exiting a figure is seen outside.
- Sunaarashi stands, looking around.
Sunaarashi: "I was hoping to feel nostalgia, but nothing".
He jumps down and starts wondering the village, no one seem to realize he's there.
Sunaarashi sighs: "I'm disappointed, figured the Third would of set something up just incase. Even more so with Rasa becoming the Fourth, with his paranoid obsession with being strong and in control, he might of set something up, but nope. But his son, he's a bit too lax. So I will make them all paranoid".
A sinister smile shows up on his face.
- Sunaarashi feels something, familiar, but different, on the outskirts of the village.
- A woman sits in the dark with a young child whos playing in front of her. The woman is bit on the frail side in appearance and not in the most clean of outfits.
Woman: "I know you're there, I may be weak but I'm not incompetent".
Sunaarashi stepping out of the darkness: "You are no shinobi yet you have worked this out yourself?".
Sunaarashi sits next to the woman.
Woman: "You feel weird, can you turn it off?".
Sunaarashi smiling: "I can't but why are you like this, I can tell she can be so much more?".
Woman: "How he can you tell?".
Sunaarashi twirls his finger on the ground and lifts up little bits on Iron and Gold from the soil, the woman shocked reaches over and cups her hands under the Iron and Gold. Sunaarashi pulls his finger away, the materials slowly fall into her hands and ground before she gives way and everything falls.
Woman: "You, you're part of the Kazekage clan?".
Sunaarashi: "So are you, but you keep yourself hidden?".
Woman: "I'm an orphan, I don't know my parents, also being born when the Third Ninja War was active the care given to me was minimal. being an orphan this kept me from becoming a shinobi Then I discovered my Magnetic powers, but having an inferior complex I didn't want to stand out. Also with how high the Kazekage clan is regarded, that really didn't help".
Sunaarashi looks to the boy: "what about the boys father?".
Woman: "He's a Shinobi, I'm unsure where he is or if he even knows".
Sunaarashi: "If I see him would like to give him a piece of your mind? I can assure you, I'm strong".
The woman laughs quietly: "A good punch maybe won't hurt. Buts he's not worth it, maybe not even worth being used for warmth like a fire".
Sunaarashi: "Can get your name?".
Woman: "I shouldn't give information out to strangers".
Sunaarashi gets up: "well, I will leave, you have a fun life".
The boy still plays by himself as Sunaarashi flickers away.
- The woman struggles standing up.
Woman: "come here Shinki, we better go home".
The boy runs up to her.
- Another woman in her 50s is in her house with her partner. A knock on the door, the partner gets up and goes to the door. After a bit of no sound, the woman calls out, nothing, she gets up and makes her way to the door. The door is open, she looks out but then is pulled back into the house violently. She's grabbed by the jaw covering her mouth, she looks at the person holding her up, she muffles four syllables with a shocked face.
Sunaarashi: "It seems you remember me".
The woman looks to the ground, her partner on the ground, neck twisted in a weird angle, she struggles with a muffled scream.
Sunaarashi: "You really tied a lot all those years ago, turns out your plan worked, but it left a reminder that you abandoned".
The woman is still struggling not hearing what's being said.
Sunaarashi: "You will be used to help make everyone scared to sleep at night".
A smile is on his face as he brings her close to him.
- The next morning is busy. Gaara didn't get much sleep after an early wake up. He felt something wake him up, a vibe only felt with Magnet Release. He quickly rushed out and there was a scene, a person strung up by puppets. A message on the person says 'You need to do better'.
- Then there was a commotion with the refugees. A womans body was found tucked in a blanket among the people as they slept. Gaara soon found out this was a Suna resident and this makes him think just how defenseless everyone was here.
- Ōnoki is furious that no one sensed an intruder.
Gaara: "This was Sunaarashis doing, I had felt a Magnet Release pulse".
Kakashi: "He must of been using Silent Killing".
- Tsunade, Sakura and Sasuke left early in the morning, Sasukes eyes still not 100% as things to him are still blurry.
- Kakashi makes sure Gaara and Ōnoki will be fine but they assure him that they are and that he needs to look after his people.
- Kakashi, Naruto, Shikamaru and Hanabi leave to return home.
- In Iwagakure Nihirizumu sits in the Tsuchikage office with a heap of paper work. Gesshoku walks in and sits down in a chair going limp.
Nihirizumu: "How was it?".
Gesshoku: "I'm exhausted, at lest there are people who are dedicated to their job but they have a tough one ahead of them".
- Sunaarashi walks into the room: "I found the 4th book in Sunagakure".
He's holding up Icha Icha Tactics. Gesshoku sighs. Sunaarashi sits down and opens the book.
Sunaarashi: "Any way I can help?".
Nihirizumu: "No, because while you would help tremendously you would somehow make it law that people have to not wear pants when out in public, I wont know how you did it but you would somehow make it so".
Sunaarashi laughs while looking down at the book.
- An older Shinobi walks in, he stops as sees the three look at him, he sweats and stutters: "The Daimyō is here for the meeting".
- As the Daimyō walks in, he looks at Gesshoku and Sunaarashi: "Can they leave".
Nihirizumu: "No".
Daimyō: "...I would like to retire soon but would also like the main income of the Land of Earth to still be a prosperous before I go".
Nihirizumu: "I told the people that they don't have to leave. Turns out they are to reliant on the old man and left abandoning a lot of the sick and old. You know the hold that old man has on the people".
Daimyō: "I don't want any issues to happen, but I do appreciate what have done in such little time already. Even this man has been doing a lot more then I imagined for a village not his own".
The Daimyō looks to Gesshoku.
Nihirizumu: "I will make people see everything is fine and that this is just a temporary change of head".
Daimyō: "I wish you luck but know I will keep an eye out for the lands best interest, not just this village".
Nihirizumu: "You have known me since I was a child, I will do what is best".
The Daimyō leaves.
- Gesshoku: " Oi, Sunaarashi can you assist me with helping at the hospital, there is a lot happening".
Sunaarashi: "Only if you finish reading the second book".
Gesshoku shutters.
Nihirizumu: "Please?".
Sunaarashi: "Fine, but I will still be reading while doing so. Gesshoku, you get some rest".
Gesshoku agrees and prepares to go to sleep in the chair.
Nihirizumu: "Thank you. both of you".
Sunaarashi just walks out the door.
- Sasuke has his eyes now fully healed.
Sasuke: "We have arrived".
Himself, Sakura and Tsunade are at a entrance in the side of a cliff.
- Unknown mans voice: "What do you want?".
A womans voice yells: "Get out of the way".
Karin runs out and hugs Sakura.
Karin: "It's been some time, I'm so happy to see you".
Sakura joins in embracing Karin back.
Suigetsu is laying at the entrance from being run over by Karin.
- Jūgo then walks out.
Jūgo: " Follow me to where Orochimaru is".
Sasuke nods and follows as everyone else follows behind.
- Walking through some labs.
Tsunade: "His habits haven't really changed".
- In a large room with desks and clear containers with liquid in them, Orochimaru stands.
Orochimaru: "What did I do to deserve such guests?".
- Tsunade: "What do you knows about the current situation?".
Orochimaru: "I've been keeping my head out off all the drama and working on my own things and problems, but I do knows something happened in Iwagakure that involved a mass evacuation".
Karin: "We can't really do much under constant watch".
- Yamato is also in the room.
Yamato: "Even I don't know the exact details with what's happening as communications have been more or less cut off for now. Just that I will keep doing what I have been doing".
- Tsunade looks at Orochimaru with a serious face: "Gesshoku has returned".
- Orochimaru is speechless at first.
Orochimaru: "How. Impure World Reincarnation, another way?".
Tsunade: "He never died, the Third lied".
Orochimaru starts getting angry but calms himself.
Orochimaru: "What's the plan?".
Sakura: "That's what we need you for, if there is anyone to likely have something that can be used to help stopping them, it would be you".
Orochimaru: "Why did you say, 'them'?".
Sasuke: "There are two others, a big guy and one with long brown hair".
Orochimaru looks at Tsunade with a shocked look, she just nods.
Orochimaru: "how could they let them live?".
- Suigestu: "Who you all talking about?".
Orochimaru: "Sunaarashi never died".
Suigestu just hearing the name is stunned: "Wait, the one from the theory of origin of the Bloody Mist is alive, the one who is said to of made the 4th crazy after a big fight?".
- Sasuke: "The plan so far is to force them apart, focus on one while stalling the other two".
- Orochimaru thinks to himself.
Orochimaru: "I might have an idea to do that to at least one of them. But I think we need to see someone first".
- Sakura: "Kakashi is going to request you come back to Konohagakure to help with working this out".
Orochimaru: "I see, well my plan involves seeing that someone on the way their".
- Orochimaru informs the rest they will be leaving too.
- Days pass, Kakashi is with Shikamaru and Orochimaru. A Shinobi runs into the room in a panic.
Shinobi: "The Kage television from Iwagakure has turned on".
- Across the other Villages each Kage is watching the device as static is only heard.
- Soon an image appears, it's Nihirizumu.
- Sunaarashis voise is first heard, he can't be seen but says that it should be working.
- Nihirizumu: "To all listening, I'm not the new Tsuchikage but just the acting leader of Iwagakure, while turmoil has happened the situation in Iwagakure is now undercontrol, it is ready for its citizens to return home. The Daimyō has even approved the return of the people claiming its safe.
- Nihirizumu is holding up a piece of paper, the paper having the Daimyōs seal on it.
- Shikamaru: "I don't think that can be faked".
Kakashi doesn't reply.
- Nihirizumu continues: "You all likely don't believe me, but I promises Iwagakure is safe and I am open to talks".
- Gaara: "How true you think this could that be?".
Ōnoki: "I don't believe it, or want to".
- Nihirizumu: "You know how to contact me, and please, do not deny the people their home".
- The communication device turns off.
- Kakashi: "We should prepare to get ready now".
- Naruto is in his mind talking to Kurama.
Naruto: "Is everything is ready?".
Kurama smiles as Shukaku, Isobu, Saiken and Chōmei stand around Naruto.
Shukaku: "I don't like this but job will be done".
Naruto: "You're awesome Shukaku".
- Son Gokū joins in: "The arena has been prepared, just incase I will oversee everything"
- Naruto thanks Son Gokū and tell everyone else to be careful.
- Most just leave, the Shukaku leaves loudly.
- Naruto: "We are going to win".
Kurama agrees.
Last edited:
P.10 The Raid
Post story note.
All previous chapters have been edited to be easier to read.
~~~~~~
P.10 The Raid
- A ninja with a mobile chakra transmission communication device: "Everything is ready".
Kakashi: "Soon Nihirizumu will feel that we are coming".
Ōnoki thinks to himself that this is for the best. He's floating next to the other Kage and behind them is an army of ninja.
Naruto, Sasuke, Lee, Tsunade, Orochimaru, Kurotsuchi and others are with the Kage.
Ōnoki: "Let's move".
The army moves.
- The army arrives to the rock mountain that surrounds Iwagakure.
A: "Old man, you good?".
Ōnoki puts his arms out to use Dust Release.
Unknown voice: "I believe this is where you have come to peacefully bring the citizens home?".
Nihirizumu is standing on the rock face of the wall. He jumps down in front of everyone.
Nihirizumu: "Most of these citizens seem to be ninjas from other villages, don't worry, I won't discriminate".
Ōnoki: "Are you trying to be funny?".
Nihirizumu: "What's really funny is an old man pretending he's able to be useful, can you actually walk by yourself after what I did to you?".
Ōnoki: "I will show you just how useful this old man can really be".
- Suddently a loud thud with dust being kicked up surprising everyone. When it clears Sunaarashi is standing next to Nihirizumu. He's in a long white coat with small amounts of blood on it. He apologizes for being late.
Nihirizumu: "Should you of left?".
Sunaarashi: "They were pretty much just being closing up, it should be fine".
- Tsunade thinking to herself: "Hes been helping in surgery and he just pulled himself away from a patient?".
She then remembers that Gesshoku also knew his way around the hospital, she remembers once when Jiraiya and Minato took him to a hospital and shown her that his poison can be an anesthetic, at the time she was very against them bringing Gesshoku into the hospital.
- Sunaarashi: "This army is a bit small".
Nihirizumu points out the ninja with the mobile chakra transmission communication device.
Nihirizumu: "They have some sort of plan but I can't sense any other ninja near".
Sunaarashi: "This isn't even a quarter of the size of the army that attacked them in Uzushiogakure".
- Gesshoku descends also in a white coat.
Gesshoku: "You need to slow down, I'm not as fast as you".
Nihirizumu: "Did you both leave a patient on the table?".
Gesshoku: "They just need to be closed up and the nurses are there".
Nihirizumu just glares at them, Gesshoku cant look at him as Sunaarashi just has a smile while looking directly at him.
Nihirizumu: "Well I set up the fail safe just in case but it looks like we wont need it".
- Sunaarashi: "Hokage, I read that book series, it's great, I like the second book because of how much he hates it!".
Sunaarashi is pointing to Gesshoku.
Gesshoku: "It's just to hard to read. Tsunade, you have to know the main in the first book is more or less based on you".
Tsunade just looks away.
Gesshoku: "Kakashi, you might not of seen what my sisters and Minatos romance behind the scenes like I did, but those mains from the second book are just Minato and Kushina with their genders reversed. Also has my own power creating the more adult scenes. I don't want to know who the rest of the books are based from. I wish I could knock some sense into Jiraiya".
- Kakashi is trying to keep a stern face hearing this but in his head he's screaming.
- Sunaarashi laughs and takes off his coat.
Sunaarashi: "Lets move from one traumatizing thing to another, how will this slaughter go down?".
He starts walking forward.
- Nihirizumu gasps and stomps the ground hard, Earthquake Release incased his leg.
The earthquake shakes everyone, rubble from the wall protecting Iwagakure even falls.
- Sunaarashi stunned: "What's wrong with you?".
- Nihirizumu then put his hand to the ground uses Earth Release: Opening Earth Rising Excavation. A large white object emerges from the ground.
- Orochimaru stunned asks how was he able to sense that.
- Laying motionless in front of the three is a white tree like root.
- Sunaarashi: "I can't even sense it at all, what it that?".
Nihirizumu: "I only just sensed it at our feet because it's somewhat like the arm from Naruto".
Naruto clenches his right hand.
Nihirizumu: "But this isn't alive so...".
He traces with his finger from where the root is coming from to behind them on the rock wall.
He then lunges at the wall punching into it, he then pulls out Yamato who was using Hiding in Surface Technique.
- Nihirizumu: "This was difficult to feel but this is Wood Release, yet you don't feel like you're related to the Senjus, another mutant? But you were acting like a magnet to that branch thing".
- Gesshoku: "I was worried I missed one".
Gesshoku says smiling to Tsunade.
Gesshoku: "But what was this for?".
He reaching out to the white mass.
- Throwing Yamato away Nihirizumu jumps towards his two friends as Gesshoku touches the tree root.
Nihirizumu: "Don't touch...".
The white mass opens up like a fly trap and grabs Gesshoku.
Sunaarashi is shocked and stumbles back.
- Kakashi looks to the ninja with the transmission communication device.
Kakashi: "We have to continue but switch targets, inform the others"
The transmission communication device ninja: "There is no signal".
Gaara: "It's no use, Sunaarashi has been emitting a magnetic field that will prevent us from sending anything, he done it as soon as Nihirizumu pointed it out".
- Sunaarashi walks around the root, Mei walks out in front of everyone.
Sunaarashi: "This is mean, I don't exactly want to fight my sister".
Mei: "Yes, but what about this?".
Mei then point behind herself. Sunaarashi follows her hand and suddenly stops.
- Nihirizumu: "...I can't believe he would fall for such a thing".
- Mei was pointing to Sasuke who has his Mangekyō Sharingan activated.
Mei thinking to herself: "I can't believe he would fall for it. Naruto was meant to do that with Gesshoku".
- Nihirizumu walks up to Sunaarashi and touches his head.
Nihirizumu: "I can't do anything".
- Ōnoki: "This is our only chance".
Nihirizumu: "I wont let any of you do anything to my friend".
- Sunaarashi is in a space that's has an inverted grey scale colour scheme to it, he looks out and sees Sasuke.
Sunaarashi: "Is this Tsukuyomi?".
Sasuke: "For as long as possible this place will be your worst nightmare".
Sunaarashi emits a burst of chakra.
Sunaarashi: "I can't escape. But I can tell you are not very good at this, with my chakra being much stronger and abundant then yours, as well as with my own mastery of genjutsu, I can hold off your attacks. I may not be able to escape unless you let me, but you are going to learn that this was the worst thing you could of ever done".
Sasuke summons hundreds of visages of himself surrounding Sunaarashi.
Sasuke: "What will last longer, my attacks, your chakra or outside to succeed?".
Time passes, It's been what feels like months in the Tsukuyomi. A mountain of bodies have been piled up. Sunaarashi standing on top still fighting as more bodies attack him.
Sunaarashi is covered in a liquid while smiling, he throws and hits bodies away in violent attacks.
One body lands next Sasuke.
Sasuke looks at the body and sees its just like a mannequin, no face or anything. Then the feeling hits, it's something he hasn't felt before, his brain is telling him something isn't right. He looks to the bodies he made, he sees they slowly went from himself to mannequins as time went on.
He starts laughing.
He is confused why he suddenly laughed, then he sees that the visages at one point become his friends, then they started becoming distorted and faded over time, becoming the same face, he feels sick.
He continues to make more bodies, he has to. A smile shows up on his face.
Suddenly the bodies disappear.
Sunaarashi, whos is still far from Sasuke is standing, just looking.
- Sasuke shaking: "What's wrong me, what's wrong with you?".
Sunaarashi: "Seems you are starting to see like how I see".
Sasuke: "There is something wrong with you".
Sasuke is shaking, things don't feel right, he doesn't understand.
Sunaarashi vanishes.
- Sasuke wakes up, he sees silhouettes everywhere. One is holding him.
Silhouette: "Are you ok?".
Sasuke can't recognize the voice.
He starts to panic as the silhouettes embraces him.
The silhouette talking to him starts becoming pink, but no face.
He panics but soon the face starts gaining features, Sakura morphs from it but is blurry, the other silhouettes start to change into people too.
Sakura: "Sasuke! What's wrong?".
Sasuke: "Are you real?".
Sakura: "Off course".
Tsunade is also by Sasuke.
Tsunade: "After a while you started to became pale and sweating, it looked like something was going wrong".
Sasuke: "Somethings wrong with Sunaarashi. He can't see people or feel emotions".
Tsunade: "Do you think you can hold off on the explanation, we need your help still".
- Sasuke looks around, he sees bodies on the ground, in the distance an angry Nihirizumu holding the body of a ninja.
- Kakashi whos bleeding walks up to Sasuke.
Kakashi: "We did it, we got him away, sorry it took so long".
- Sunaarashi wake up with three people around him, its Raidō Namiashi, Genma Shiranui and Iwashi Tatami. They are very hurt.
He looks up to see a very large army of ninja.
Sunaarashi: "Now lets see how much fun I can have".
He says laughing.
- A ninja is waiting with a transmission communication device: "Still no signal from the main group, did they fail?".
Another ninja: "Just stay in position".
Unknown voice: "Prepare yourselves, something is coming".
After a few seconds the unknown voice says "now", the ninja and 3 others make a Four Violet Flames Formation barrier. When they put there hands on the ground it is bismuth.
From the ground breaking through the bismuth a purple Nine-tails like Jinchūriki emerges.
Loud voice: "Oh its ugly".
Gesshoku looks towards the voice and sees the barrier, behind it he sees the Shukaku. Looking around he sees other tailed bests. The Three-tailed, Four-tailed, Six-tailed and Seven-tailed.
Unknown voice: "You're not the original target for this but that doesn't matter, you're still someone I can get revenge on"
Gesshoku: "This is one weird party, you meant to be a knock off Orochimaru?".
Kabuto in sage mode stands in front of Gesshoku in the barrier.
Kabuto: "You are one of the people who destroyed my home when I was a child".
Gesshoku: "Revenge, I can respect that. But you can't even understand the amount of people in front of you in that line".
All previous chapters have been edited to be easier to read.
~~~~~~
P.10 The Raid
- A ninja with a mobile chakra transmission communication device: "Everything is ready".
Kakashi: "Soon Nihirizumu will feel that we are coming".
Ōnoki thinks to himself that this is for the best. He's floating next to the other Kage and behind them is an army of ninja.
Naruto, Sasuke, Lee, Tsunade, Orochimaru, Kurotsuchi and others are with the Kage.
Ōnoki: "Let's move".
The army moves.
- The army arrives to the rock mountain that surrounds Iwagakure.
A: "Old man, you good?".
Ōnoki puts his arms out to use Dust Release.
Unknown voice: "I believe this is where you have come to peacefully bring the citizens home?".
Nihirizumu is standing on the rock face of the wall. He jumps down in front of everyone.
Nihirizumu: "Most of these citizens seem to be ninjas from other villages, don't worry, I won't discriminate".
Ōnoki: "Are you trying to be funny?".
Nihirizumu: "What's really funny is an old man pretending he's able to be useful, can you actually walk by yourself after what I did to you?".
Ōnoki: "I will show you just how useful this old man can really be".
- Suddently a loud thud with dust being kicked up surprising everyone. When it clears Sunaarashi is standing next to Nihirizumu. He's in a long white coat with small amounts of blood on it. He apologizes for being late.
Nihirizumu: "Should you of left?".
Sunaarashi: "They were pretty much just being closing up, it should be fine".
- Tsunade thinking to herself: "Hes been helping in surgery and he just pulled himself away from a patient?".
She then remembers that Gesshoku also knew his way around the hospital, she remembers once when Jiraiya and Minato took him to a hospital and shown her that his poison can be an anesthetic, at the time she was very against them bringing Gesshoku into the hospital.
- Sunaarashi: "This army is a bit small".
Nihirizumu points out the ninja with the mobile chakra transmission communication device.
Nihirizumu: "They have some sort of plan but I can't sense any other ninja near".
Sunaarashi: "This isn't even a quarter of the size of the army that attacked them in Uzushiogakure".
- Gesshoku descends also in a white coat.
Gesshoku: "You need to slow down, I'm not as fast as you".
Nihirizumu: "Did you both leave a patient on the table?".
Gesshoku: "They just need to be closed up and the nurses are there".
Nihirizumu just glares at them, Gesshoku cant look at him as Sunaarashi just has a smile while looking directly at him.
Nihirizumu: "Well I set up the fail safe just in case but it looks like we wont need it".
- Sunaarashi: "Hokage, I read that book series, it's great, I like the second book because of how much he hates it!".
Sunaarashi is pointing to Gesshoku.
Gesshoku: "It's just to hard to read. Tsunade, you have to know the main in the first book is more or less based on you".
Tsunade just looks away.
Gesshoku: "Kakashi, you might not of seen what my sisters and Minatos romance behind the scenes like I did, but those mains from the second book are just Minato and Kushina with their genders reversed. Also has my own power creating the more adult scenes. I don't want to know who the rest of the books are based from. I wish I could knock some sense into Jiraiya".
- Kakashi is trying to keep a stern face hearing this but in his head he's screaming.
- Sunaarashi laughs and takes off his coat.
Sunaarashi: "Lets move from one traumatizing thing to another, how will this slaughter go down?".
He starts walking forward.
- Nihirizumu gasps and stomps the ground hard, Earthquake Release incased his leg.
The earthquake shakes everyone, rubble from the wall protecting Iwagakure even falls.
- Sunaarashi stunned: "What's wrong with you?".
- Nihirizumu then put his hand to the ground uses Earth Release: Opening Earth Rising Excavation. A large white object emerges from the ground.
- Orochimaru stunned asks how was he able to sense that.
- Laying motionless in front of the three is a white tree like root.
- Sunaarashi: "I can't even sense it at all, what it that?".
Nihirizumu: "I only just sensed it at our feet because it's somewhat like the arm from Naruto".
Naruto clenches his right hand.
Nihirizumu: "But this isn't alive so...".
He traces with his finger from where the root is coming from to behind them on the rock wall.
He then lunges at the wall punching into it, he then pulls out Yamato who was using Hiding in Surface Technique.
- Nihirizumu: "This was difficult to feel but this is Wood Release, yet you don't feel like you're related to the Senjus, another mutant? But you were acting like a magnet to that branch thing".
- Gesshoku: "I was worried I missed one".
Gesshoku says smiling to Tsunade.
Gesshoku: "But what was this for?".
He reaching out to the white mass.
- Throwing Yamato away Nihirizumu jumps towards his two friends as Gesshoku touches the tree root.
Nihirizumu: "Don't touch...".
The white mass opens up like a fly trap and grabs Gesshoku.
Sunaarashi is shocked and stumbles back.
- Kakashi looks to the ninja with the transmission communication device.
Kakashi: "We have to continue but switch targets, inform the others"
The transmission communication device ninja: "There is no signal".
Gaara: "It's no use, Sunaarashi has been emitting a magnetic field that will prevent us from sending anything, he done it as soon as Nihirizumu pointed it out".
- Sunaarashi walks around the root, Mei walks out in front of everyone.
Sunaarashi: "This is mean, I don't exactly want to fight my sister".
Mei: "Yes, but what about this?".
Mei then point behind herself. Sunaarashi follows her hand and suddenly stops.
- Nihirizumu: "...I can't believe he would fall for such a thing".
- Mei was pointing to Sasuke who has his Mangekyō Sharingan activated.
Mei thinking to herself: "I can't believe he would fall for it. Naruto was meant to do that with Gesshoku".
- Nihirizumu walks up to Sunaarashi and touches his head.
Nihirizumu: "I can't do anything".
- Ōnoki: "This is our only chance".
Nihirizumu: "I wont let any of you do anything to my friend".
- Sunaarashi is in a space that's has an inverted grey scale colour scheme to it, he looks out and sees Sasuke.
Sunaarashi: "Is this Tsukuyomi?".
Sasuke: "For as long as possible this place will be your worst nightmare".
Sunaarashi emits a burst of chakra.
Sunaarashi: "I can't escape. But I can tell you are not very good at this, with my chakra being much stronger and abundant then yours, as well as with my own mastery of genjutsu, I can hold off your attacks. I may not be able to escape unless you let me, but you are going to learn that this was the worst thing you could of ever done".
Sasuke summons hundreds of visages of himself surrounding Sunaarashi.
Sasuke: "What will last longer, my attacks, your chakra or outside to succeed?".
Time passes, It's been what feels like months in the Tsukuyomi. A mountain of bodies have been piled up. Sunaarashi standing on top still fighting as more bodies attack him.
Sunaarashi is covered in a liquid while smiling, he throws and hits bodies away in violent attacks.
One body lands next Sasuke.
Sasuke looks at the body and sees its just like a mannequin, no face or anything. Then the feeling hits, it's something he hasn't felt before, his brain is telling him something isn't right. He looks to the bodies he made, he sees they slowly went from himself to mannequins as time went on.
He starts laughing.
He is confused why he suddenly laughed, then he sees that the visages at one point become his friends, then they started becoming distorted and faded over time, becoming the same face, he feels sick.
He continues to make more bodies, he has to. A smile shows up on his face.
Suddenly the bodies disappear.
Sunaarashi, whos is still far from Sasuke is standing, just looking.
- Sasuke shaking: "What's wrong me, what's wrong with you?".
Sunaarashi: "Seems you are starting to see like how I see".
Sasuke: "There is something wrong with you".
Sasuke is shaking, things don't feel right, he doesn't understand.
Sunaarashi vanishes.
- Sasuke wakes up, he sees silhouettes everywhere. One is holding him.
Silhouette: "Are you ok?".
Sasuke can't recognize the voice.
He starts to panic as the silhouettes embraces him.
The silhouette talking to him starts becoming pink, but no face.
He panics but soon the face starts gaining features, Sakura morphs from it but is blurry, the other silhouettes start to change into people too.
Sakura: "Sasuke! What's wrong?".
Sasuke: "Are you real?".
Sakura: "Off course".
Tsunade is also by Sasuke.
Tsunade: "After a while you started to became pale and sweating, it looked like something was going wrong".
Sasuke: "Somethings wrong with Sunaarashi. He can't see people or feel emotions".
Tsunade: "Do you think you can hold off on the explanation, we need your help still".
- Sasuke looks around, he sees bodies on the ground, in the distance an angry Nihirizumu holding the body of a ninja.
- Kakashi whos bleeding walks up to Sasuke.
Kakashi: "We did it, we got him away, sorry it took so long".
- Sunaarashi wake up with three people around him, its Raidō Namiashi, Genma Shiranui and Iwashi Tatami. They are very hurt.
He looks up to see a very large army of ninja.
Sunaarashi: "Now lets see how much fun I can have".
He says laughing.
- A ninja is waiting with a transmission communication device: "Still no signal from the main group, did they fail?".
Another ninja: "Just stay in position".
Unknown voice: "Prepare yourselves, something is coming".
After a few seconds the unknown voice says "now", the ninja and 3 others make a Four Violet Flames Formation barrier. When they put there hands on the ground it is bismuth.
From the ground breaking through the bismuth a purple Nine-tails like Jinchūriki emerges.
Loud voice: "Oh its ugly".
Gesshoku looks towards the voice and sees the barrier, behind it he sees the Shukaku. Looking around he sees other tailed bests. The Three-tailed, Four-tailed, Six-tailed and Seven-tailed.
Unknown voice: "You're not the original target for this but that doesn't matter, you're still someone I can get revenge on"
Gesshoku: "This is one weird party, you meant to be a knock off Orochimaru?".
Kabuto in sage mode stands in front of Gesshoku in the barrier.
Kabuto: "You are one of the people who destroyed my home when I was a child".
Gesshoku: "Revenge, I can respect that. But you can't even understand the amount of people in front of you in that line".
P.11 Going All Out
P.11 Going All Out
- Kabuto uses Sage Art: White Rage Technique.
As Gesshoku reacts to the technique Kabuto punches him in the stomach then follows up with a punch in the face sending Gesshoku flying all before the technique ends.
Kabuto set up a Chakra Scalpel with his hand, he jumps forward.
Suddenly a burst of air emits from Gesshoku, the air becomes blue.
Kabuto notes that this is the seventh gate opening.
The air then starts turning purple as Gesshoku starts standing up.
Gesshoku: "I had to be like this with Jiraiya. But back then I didn't want to kill him, for you I will put in effort".
Kabuto feels chakra flow around Gesshokus body, entering his muscles and blood. The Nine-tails like coating starts flowing faster. He notes the substance is mixing with the seventh gates effects, almost like it's negating the side effects.
- Saiken: "That poison is extremely toxic, I'm impressed".
- Poison Style: Mimic - Skilled Mist Technique.
Gesshoku emits an acidic cloud of poison.
Kabuto: "This poison isn't enough to do damage to me".
Gesshoku: "I could tell as soon as you punched me that you are using Sage Techniques. So while this wont stop you currently, it will more then stop you once sage mode runs out".
A crooked smile comes over the The Nine-tails Version 2 like coating.
Kabuto just looks on, then puts a hand sign up.
Kabuto: "You will lose before that ever happens".
- Shikamaru sees Sunaarashi smiling looking at the people around him.
Shikamaru: "This is the worst of the three to show up here".
Next to Shikamaru is Darui.
Darui: "I'm sorry to ask but can you think of a plan now?"
Shikamaru: "I will think as fast as I can".
- Karin see Sunaarashi and cant even understand the mass a chakra she's feeling
Karin: "Is he even human?".
- Suigetsu freaks out in excitment seeing Sunaarashi, he talks non stop to Jūgo about who Sunaarashi is.
- Sunaarashi: "Lets find out how unprepared for me you all are".
Sunaarashi lifts his arms.
Karin feels chakra burst from Sunaarashi and picks up on what's happening.
Karin: "Everyone to hold onto any metal!".
- Before many can even reacts kunai, shuriken, head bands, and any blades on ninjas start lifting to air.
Darui: "Anyone who can channel chakra into weapons do it now and hold on tight".
He does it himself.
- Many items fly towards Sunaarashi, he touches the ground, it opens it up making a pit under him as he floats above it, many of the items then fly into the pit.
Suddenly a Sunagakure ninja is pulled to Sunaarashi by Chakra Threads. Sunaarashi closes the pit before landing back onto the ground and catching the ninja.
Sunaarashi: "Lets see if I can use you like a fire".
Some ninja jump in but Sunaarashi uses Water Prison Technique on himself, then coats himself in Mercury Release, then Earth Realease.
The Sunagakure ninja is trying to pull himself free.
Sunaarashi: "Fire Release - Final Furnace Duet".
Shikamaru: "Get back!".
Sunaarashi becomes ingulfed in a large powerful flame, taking out the Sunagakure ninja and some of the ones who jumped in.
- Killer B has used partial transformation and shielded some of the more closer shinobi from the heat
Killer B: "Huh, he's made it easy for us, didn't expect a forbidden suicide jutsu".
Karin now closer looks at the fire.
Karin: "He's not dead, he's in the center and he used the hostage as the conduit for the jutsu".
- Shikamaru: "Now we have time to think while the jutsu is active, lets not waste this".
Darui: "Can I get some Shinobi to use Wind Release to blow the heat away but also to keep the Mercury vapors away from the people as its poisonous".
Temari walks to the front with others and start blowing the heat away, this instantly cools the air around down.
- Chōjūrō walks up to Killer B and pulls out a scroll. He summons Samehada and Kubikiribōchō. Samehada hugs up to Killer B.
Killer B: "Aww, I missed you too".
Chōjūrō: "Suigetsu, get over here".
Suigetsu walks over, Chōjūrō reluctantly passes him Kubikiribōchō.
Chōjūrō: "Sadly I know you can use this effectively enough to help out".
Chōjūrō looks over to Darui.
Chōjūrō: "You too can use a sword if you want".
Darui: "I'm happy with my own".
Chōjūrō then looks behind him at someone else in the crowd.
Chōjūrō: "I don't think you would but how about you?".
this person doesn't say anything.
Chōjūrō puts the scroll away.
- Shikamaru: "We have to wait this out before anything can happen".
- Naruto in sage mode has a Wind Release: Rasenshuriken and throws it at a floating Nihirizumu.
Nihirizumu carefully watching the Jutsu come towards him puts his hand out, he floats over the Rasenshuriken with his hand over then center, he then directs the Jutsu up into the air where it then expands.
Nihirizumu: "I really don't like that, it's to fine even for my senses, its like it would do damage like Dust releases".
Ōnoki: "Stop playing around!".
Nihirizumu: "Before I was trying to stop you from hurting my friend, now I'm just waiting. You Kages must know why I'm being distracting rather then destroying everyone in front of me. I am protecting my home and the people who are not yet safe".
- Nihirizumu drops in front of everyone between them and the wall hiding Iwagakure. He puts his hands on the ground.
Nihirizumu: "Earthquake Release - Subduction Zone".
Suddenly everyone is shifted back, many becoming unstable at the sudden quick jolt under their feet.
Nihirizumu: "While I have a place to protect no one will cross this line".
- Between Nihirizumu and everyone the ground has opened up, only about a person height in length but its sides goes far into the distance. A large rock nearby falls into the gap. No thud is heard.
Nihirizumu: "Don't fall in".
- Naruto enters Nine-Tails Chakra Mode along side Sage Mode.
Nihirizumu: "Sunaarashi told me about this, I...".
Interrupted, Naruto is already in front of him punching him in the stomach.
Nihirizumu is flung into the wall of Iwagakure hard.
- Sasuke follows up with a Susanoo arrow, but when it hits the wall it shatters.
Nihirizumu falls from the wall with Earth Release: Earth Spear covering his whole body. He coughs up blood.
Nihirizumu: "He never said it was fast".
He stands up and grabs a fist being thrown at him.
Nihirizumu: "You're not as fast".
A tried to punch him with this opening.
Nihirizumu opens the Sixth Gate.
Rock Lee also with the Sixth Gate open drop kicks Nihirizumu into the wall.
Lee: "I didn't do any damage".
Lee looks to his leg and sees his leg warmers are crumbling with his weights under them also becoming destroyed.
Mei uses her Lava Release and covers the area where Nihirizumu is located.
Ōnoki uses Dust Release: Detachment of the Primitive World Technique and hits the part of the wall the Lava is covering carving a large chunk of the mountain out.
- Naruto: "He's in the ground!".
Nihirizumu is using Earth Release: Subterranean Voyage, Nihirizumu flows through the earth. Soon he brings up a large mass, it's part of the root that took Gesshoku, it's lost it's white colouring and is now purple. He rips a large chunk of it off and throws it.
Sasukes Susanoo grabs the root.
Nihirizumu: "Earthquake Release: After Shock".
The root explodes and the Susanoo Shatters.
- Kakashi is in front of Nihirizumu with Lightning Cutter active.
Nihirizumu hits him with an Earthquake imbueded punch.
It's a Lightning Release: Shadow Clone, this stuns Nihirizumu.
Nihirizumu: "I'm being impatient".
- Kurotsuchi uses Lava Release: Ash Stone Seal Technique.
Kitsuchi follows up with Earth Release: Sandwich Technique.
Kurotsuchi: "he's gotten out".
- The ground shakes, Naruto looks towards everyone with a devastated look.
- Behind everyone Nihirizumu stands with his back to them with Seventh Gate open and his arms out to his sides.
Nihirizumu: "Earthquake Release: Rupture".
Two rows of Shinobis start exploding.
Ōnoki shocked seeing the Seventh Gate open looks on as Nihirizumu floats up.
Ōnoki: "He's grown stronger".
- A flash back.
The First Tsuchikage Ishikawa is with Mū standing before a young Ōnoki.
Ishikawa: "Now Ōnoki. This village was founded by two clans, our own and Mūs clan. Before the village was built the land was ruled by clans who held territories. out two clans stood easy above the rest. Both clans had a Kekkei Genkai, with ours having Lava Release. Mūs clan having Explosion Release. But on rare times members will have a Kekkei Tōta. Adding Wind Release to the Kekkei Genkai would turn into something new. But a Kekkei Tōta was never guaranteed".
Ōnoki: "So does this mean I have a Kekkei Tōta?".
Ishikawa: "No".
Ōnoki is angry.
Ōnoki: "Why are you telling me this then?".
Ishikawa: "because that was until something was discovered. That for one time only, a member of one clan can teach and pass on to the other how to use the Kekkei Tōta and that the choice is optional between the two types they can learn".
Ishikawa puts on a cheeky smile.
Mū stands in front of Ōnoki.
Mū: "Ōnoki, think carefully, what would you like to learn, Dust or Earthquake?"
- Ōnoki in his 30s is standing in front of a young Nihirizumu.
Ōnoki: "Now think carefully, what would you like to learn, Dust or Earthquake?".
- Ōnoki with an older Nihirizumu stand with Kitsuchi.
Nihirizumu: "So Kitsuchi, now you have a partner I have to tell you that if you have a child I will pass the ability over to them. I wonder if they will pick Dust or Earthquake?".
Nihirizumu then smiles at Ōnoki.
Kitsuchi: "Hey now, you are thinking to many steps in advance".
They all laugh.
- Nihirizumu bloodied on the ground.
A (third Raikage) is next to him on the ground.
Ōnoki is looking down on Nihirizumu who is laughing.
Nihirizumu: "It looks like no one will be picking Dust or Earthquake, the threat of the Kekkei Tōta easily passing on dies with me".
- Back to present.
- Naruto locks arms with Nihirizumu grabbing his wrists.
Nihirizumu gets out and throws a punch but sand is between the fist and Naruto. Nihirizumu dodges any punch Naruto throws. Nihirizumu floats into the air but as he does Naruto goes full Nine-tails mode.
Sasuke has his Complete Body — Susanoo active bringing down a sword.
Nihirizumu brings his hand up.
Nihirizumu: "You can't hit me".
Susanoos sword is engulfed with black flames. Nihirizumu then dodges.
- Sand starts compressing around Nihirizumu so he dives to the ground.
When he hits the ground a hand emerges from the earth and grabs his foot.
Nihirizumu thinks to himself: "It's hard to react to what I feel with the internal injuries".
He kicks out his leg and rips Kakashi out of the ground who was using Earth Release: Hiding Like a Mole Technique.
Then another hand grabs his other leg, it's Orochimaru also using Earth Release: Hiding Like a Mole Technique, he starts coiling around Nihirizumu.
Nihirizumu thinking: "He's harder the sense as he feels more like something mutated".
Orochimaru immobilizes Nihirizumu by coiling around him.
Sakura and Tsunade on each side with Ninja Art Creation Rebirth — Strength of a Hundred Technique punch between Orochimaru coils.
Nihirizumu has Earth Release: Earth Spear again active but even then he still has a pained look on his face.
Kakashi is back with Lightning Cutter and impales Nihrizumus right lumbar.
Nihirizumu got an arm free and was holding Kakashis elbow.
Nirihizumu roars as the Seventh Gate aura bursts and Earthquakes start shaking the ground.
A from above Nihirizumu Guillotine Drops him right in the head.
The hit is strong enough that Orochimaru was forced to let go and the Seventh Gate shuts off.
- Naruto turns off Sage Mode and the Nine-tails cloak, Sasuke lands next to him as Sakura jumps next to them.
- Ōnoki floats over Nihirizumu.
Ōnoki: "Sorry".
He uses Dust Release: Detachment of the Primitive World Technique.
The square shape of the Justu surrounds Nihirizumu.
- Blue aura bursts from Nihirizumus body again shocking everyone.
Before Ōnoki can react he is punched away.
- Nihirizumu screams as earthquakes violently shake the ground and blood pours from his body.
The hole Kakashi made has a mass of rock closing the hole.
- Naruto activates his Nine-tails cloak.
- Gaara brings a large amount of sand forward hitting Nihirizumu and pushing him into the wall of Iwagakure.
Mei and Kurotsuchi use Lava Release moves as a follow up.
Nihirizumu launches a large part of the wall forward pushing the sand back and stopping the Lava attacks.
- When the rubble all falls down Nihirizumu stands but a Wind Release: Rasenshuriken has been thrown.
Nihirizumu puts his hand out but then the Jutsu is covered in black flames and becomes much larger.
Nihirizumu: "Oh".
- As the Justu is about the hit a large earthquake is felt and then a burst of air hits everyone.
Naruto and Sasukes Jutsu hits the wall and the flames spread violently over the wall.
- Nihirizumu stands to the side having dodged the jutsu.
He's now has the Eighth Gate open.
- Kabuto uses Sage Art: White Rage Technique.
As Gesshoku reacts to the technique Kabuto punches him in the stomach then follows up with a punch in the face sending Gesshoku flying all before the technique ends.
Kabuto set up a Chakra Scalpel with his hand, he jumps forward.
Suddenly a burst of air emits from Gesshoku, the air becomes blue.
Kabuto notes that this is the seventh gate opening.
The air then starts turning purple as Gesshoku starts standing up.
Gesshoku: "I had to be like this with Jiraiya. But back then I didn't want to kill him, for you I will put in effort".
Kabuto feels chakra flow around Gesshokus body, entering his muscles and blood. The Nine-tails like coating starts flowing faster. He notes the substance is mixing with the seventh gates effects, almost like it's negating the side effects.
- Saiken: "That poison is extremely toxic, I'm impressed".
- Poison Style: Mimic - Skilled Mist Technique.
Gesshoku emits an acidic cloud of poison.
Kabuto: "This poison isn't enough to do damage to me".
Gesshoku: "I could tell as soon as you punched me that you are using Sage Techniques. So while this wont stop you currently, it will more then stop you once sage mode runs out".
A crooked smile comes over the The Nine-tails Version 2 like coating.
Kabuto just looks on, then puts a hand sign up.
Kabuto: "You will lose before that ever happens".
- Shikamaru sees Sunaarashi smiling looking at the people around him.
Shikamaru: "This is the worst of the three to show up here".
Next to Shikamaru is Darui.
Darui: "I'm sorry to ask but can you think of a plan now?"
Shikamaru: "I will think as fast as I can".
- Karin see Sunaarashi and cant even understand the mass a chakra she's feeling
Karin: "Is he even human?".
- Suigetsu freaks out in excitment seeing Sunaarashi, he talks non stop to Jūgo about who Sunaarashi is.
- Sunaarashi: "Lets find out how unprepared for me you all are".
Sunaarashi lifts his arms.
Karin feels chakra burst from Sunaarashi and picks up on what's happening.
Karin: "Everyone to hold onto any metal!".
- Before many can even reacts kunai, shuriken, head bands, and any blades on ninjas start lifting to air.
Darui: "Anyone who can channel chakra into weapons do it now and hold on tight".
He does it himself.
- Many items fly towards Sunaarashi, he touches the ground, it opens it up making a pit under him as he floats above it, many of the items then fly into the pit.
Suddenly a Sunagakure ninja is pulled to Sunaarashi by Chakra Threads. Sunaarashi closes the pit before landing back onto the ground and catching the ninja.
Sunaarashi: "Lets see if I can use you like a fire".
Some ninja jump in but Sunaarashi uses Water Prison Technique on himself, then coats himself in Mercury Release, then Earth Realease.
The Sunagakure ninja is trying to pull himself free.
Sunaarashi: "Fire Release - Final Furnace Duet".
Shikamaru: "Get back!".
Sunaarashi becomes ingulfed in a large powerful flame, taking out the Sunagakure ninja and some of the ones who jumped in.
- Killer B has used partial transformation and shielded some of the more closer shinobi from the heat
Killer B: "Huh, he's made it easy for us, didn't expect a forbidden suicide jutsu".
Karin now closer looks at the fire.
Karin: "He's not dead, he's in the center and he used the hostage as the conduit for the jutsu".
- Shikamaru: "Now we have time to think while the jutsu is active, lets not waste this".
Darui: "Can I get some Shinobi to use Wind Release to blow the heat away but also to keep the Mercury vapors away from the people as its poisonous".
Temari walks to the front with others and start blowing the heat away, this instantly cools the air around down.
- Chōjūrō walks up to Killer B and pulls out a scroll. He summons Samehada and Kubikiribōchō. Samehada hugs up to Killer B.
Killer B: "Aww, I missed you too".
Chōjūrō: "Suigetsu, get over here".
Suigetsu walks over, Chōjūrō reluctantly passes him Kubikiribōchō.
Chōjūrō: "Sadly I know you can use this effectively enough to help out".
Chōjūrō looks over to Darui.
Chōjūrō: "You too can use a sword if you want".
Darui: "I'm happy with my own".
Chōjūrō then looks behind him at someone else in the crowd.
Chōjūrō: "I don't think you would but how about you?".
this person doesn't say anything.
Chōjūrō puts the scroll away.
- Shikamaru: "We have to wait this out before anything can happen".
- Naruto in sage mode has a Wind Release: Rasenshuriken and throws it at a floating Nihirizumu.
Nihirizumu carefully watching the Jutsu come towards him puts his hand out, he floats over the Rasenshuriken with his hand over then center, he then directs the Jutsu up into the air where it then expands.
Nihirizumu: "I really don't like that, it's to fine even for my senses, its like it would do damage like Dust releases".
Ōnoki: "Stop playing around!".
Nihirizumu: "Before I was trying to stop you from hurting my friend, now I'm just waiting. You Kages must know why I'm being distracting rather then destroying everyone in front of me. I am protecting my home and the people who are not yet safe".
- Nihirizumu drops in front of everyone between them and the wall hiding Iwagakure. He puts his hands on the ground.
Nihirizumu: "Earthquake Release - Subduction Zone".
Suddenly everyone is shifted back, many becoming unstable at the sudden quick jolt under their feet.
Nihirizumu: "While I have a place to protect no one will cross this line".
- Between Nihirizumu and everyone the ground has opened up, only about a person height in length but its sides goes far into the distance. A large rock nearby falls into the gap. No thud is heard.
Nihirizumu: "Don't fall in".
- Naruto enters Nine-Tails Chakra Mode along side Sage Mode.
Nihirizumu: "Sunaarashi told me about this, I...".
Interrupted, Naruto is already in front of him punching him in the stomach.
Nihirizumu is flung into the wall of Iwagakure hard.
- Sasuke follows up with a Susanoo arrow, but when it hits the wall it shatters.
Nihirizumu falls from the wall with Earth Release: Earth Spear covering his whole body. He coughs up blood.
Nihirizumu: "He never said it was fast".
He stands up and grabs a fist being thrown at him.
Nihirizumu: "You're not as fast".
A tried to punch him with this opening.
Nihirizumu opens the Sixth Gate.
Rock Lee also with the Sixth Gate open drop kicks Nihirizumu into the wall.
Lee: "I didn't do any damage".
Lee looks to his leg and sees his leg warmers are crumbling with his weights under them also becoming destroyed.
Mei uses her Lava Release and covers the area where Nihirizumu is located.
Ōnoki uses Dust Release: Detachment of the Primitive World Technique and hits the part of the wall the Lava is covering carving a large chunk of the mountain out.
- Naruto: "He's in the ground!".
Nihirizumu is using Earth Release: Subterranean Voyage, Nihirizumu flows through the earth. Soon he brings up a large mass, it's part of the root that took Gesshoku, it's lost it's white colouring and is now purple. He rips a large chunk of it off and throws it.
Sasukes Susanoo grabs the root.
Nihirizumu: "Earthquake Release: After Shock".
The root explodes and the Susanoo Shatters.
- Kakashi is in front of Nihirizumu with Lightning Cutter active.
Nihirizumu hits him with an Earthquake imbueded punch.
It's a Lightning Release: Shadow Clone, this stuns Nihirizumu.
Nihirizumu: "I'm being impatient".
- Kurotsuchi uses Lava Release: Ash Stone Seal Technique.
Kitsuchi follows up with Earth Release: Sandwich Technique.
Kurotsuchi: "he's gotten out".
- The ground shakes, Naruto looks towards everyone with a devastated look.
- Behind everyone Nihirizumu stands with his back to them with Seventh Gate open and his arms out to his sides.
Nihirizumu: "Earthquake Release: Rupture".
Two rows of Shinobis start exploding.
Ōnoki shocked seeing the Seventh Gate open looks on as Nihirizumu floats up.
Ōnoki: "He's grown stronger".
- A flash back.
The First Tsuchikage Ishikawa is with Mū standing before a young Ōnoki.
Ishikawa: "Now Ōnoki. This village was founded by two clans, our own and Mūs clan. Before the village was built the land was ruled by clans who held territories. out two clans stood easy above the rest. Both clans had a Kekkei Genkai, with ours having Lava Release. Mūs clan having Explosion Release. But on rare times members will have a Kekkei Tōta. Adding Wind Release to the Kekkei Genkai would turn into something new. But a Kekkei Tōta was never guaranteed".
Ōnoki: "So does this mean I have a Kekkei Tōta?".
Ishikawa: "No".
Ōnoki is angry.
Ōnoki: "Why are you telling me this then?".
Ishikawa: "because that was until something was discovered. That for one time only, a member of one clan can teach and pass on to the other how to use the Kekkei Tōta and that the choice is optional between the two types they can learn".
Ishikawa puts on a cheeky smile.
Mū stands in front of Ōnoki.
Mū: "Ōnoki, think carefully, what would you like to learn, Dust or Earthquake?"
- Ōnoki in his 30s is standing in front of a young Nihirizumu.
Ōnoki: "Now think carefully, what would you like to learn, Dust or Earthquake?".
- Ōnoki with an older Nihirizumu stand with Kitsuchi.
Nihirizumu: "So Kitsuchi, now you have a partner I have to tell you that if you have a child I will pass the ability over to them. I wonder if they will pick Dust or Earthquake?".
Nihirizumu then smiles at Ōnoki.
Kitsuchi: "Hey now, you are thinking to many steps in advance".
They all laugh.
- Nihirizumu bloodied on the ground.
A (third Raikage) is next to him on the ground.
Ōnoki is looking down on Nihirizumu who is laughing.
Nihirizumu: "It looks like no one will be picking Dust or Earthquake, the threat of the Kekkei Tōta easily passing on dies with me".
- Back to present.
- Naruto locks arms with Nihirizumu grabbing his wrists.
Nihirizumu gets out and throws a punch but sand is between the fist and Naruto. Nihirizumu dodges any punch Naruto throws. Nihirizumu floats into the air but as he does Naruto goes full Nine-tails mode.
Sasuke has his Complete Body — Susanoo active bringing down a sword.
Nihirizumu brings his hand up.
Nihirizumu: "You can't hit me".
Susanoos sword is engulfed with black flames. Nihirizumu then dodges.
- Sand starts compressing around Nihirizumu so he dives to the ground.
When he hits the ground a hand emerges from the earth and grabs his foot.
Nihirizumu thinks to himself: "It's hard to react to what I feel with the internal injuries".
He kicks out his leg and rips Kakashi out of the ground who was using Earth Release: Hiding Like a Mole Technique.
Then another hand grabs his other leg, it's Orochimaru also using Earth Release: Hiding Like a Mole Technique, he starts coiling around Nihirizumu.
Nihirizumu thinking: "He's harder the sense as he feels more like something mutated".
Orochimaru immobilizes Nihirizumu by coiling around him.
Sakura and Tsunade on each side with Ninja Art Creation Rebirth — Strength of a Hundred Technique punch between Orochimaru coils.
Nihirizumu has Earth Release: Earth Spear again active but even then he still has a pained look on his face.
Kakashi is back with Lightning Cutter and impales Nihrizumus right lumbar.
Nihirizumu got an arm free and was holding Kakashis elbow.
Nirihizumu roars as the Seventh Gate aura bursts and Earthquakes start shaking the ground.
A from above Nihirizumu Guillotine Drops him right in the head.
The hit is strong enough that Orochimaru was forced to let go and the Seventh Gate shuts off.
- Naruto turns off Sage Mode and the Nine-tails cloak, Sasuke lands next to him as Sakura jumps next to them.
- Ōnoki floats over Nihirizumu.
Ōnoki: "Sorry".
He uses Dust Release: Detachment of the Primitive World Technique.
The square shape of the Justu surrounds Nihirizumu.
- Blue aura bursts from Nihirizumus body again shocking everyone.
Before Ōnoki can react he is punched away.
- Nihirizumu screams as earthquakes violently shake the ground and blood pours from his body.
The hole Kakashi made has a mass of rock closing the hole.
- Naruto activates his Nine-tails cloak.
- Gaara brings a large amount of sand forward hitting Nihirizumu and pushing him into the wall of Iwagakure.
Mei and Kurotsuchi use Lava Release moves as a follow up.
Nihirizumu launches a large part of the wall forward pushing the sand back and stopping the Lava attacks.
- When the rubble all falls down Nihirizumu stands but a Wind Release: Rasenshuriken has been thrown.
Nihirizumu puts his hand out but then the Jutsu is covered in black flames and becomes much larger.
Nihirizumu: "Oh".
- As the Justu is about the hit a large earthquake is felt and then a burst of air hits everyone.
Naruto and Sasukes Jutsu hits the wall and the flames spread violently over the wall.
- Nihirizumu stands to the side having dodged the jutsu.
He's now has the Eighth Gate open.
Last edited:
P.12 Sunaarashis Might
P.12 Sunaarashis Might
- Nihirizumu shirt falls to the ground, where his heart is there is a puncture and cracks running from it over his shoulder.
- Kakashi is in shock.
Kakashi: "That red aura, it's the Gate of Death, we are in trouble here".
- Nihirizumu: "I don't know how long I will have but tell my friends that I'm sorry I can't continue with them".
He wears a pained smile.
- A Konoha shinobi: "The fire is dying down, prepare....".
As the shinobi speaks he's interrupted.
Sunaarashi brakes out of his self made prison attacking the shinobi before the fire was fully quelled.
Sunaarashis body has steam coming off it from the heat of the fire.
- Darui and Killer B already react and both swung at him, Sunaarashi jumps back to the fire.
-Sunaarashi: "Ooooo, I know that sword. Well this is not as good as mine but this should do".
He stomps on the ground, from the fire raising out of the ground is a sword longer then he is tall with four blade edges each pointing in different directions.
Its a replica of his Cross-sword.
He holds the long handle like a pole arm and uses Water Release: Dragon palm strike.
The water shoots over the sword in the shape of a dragon with steam coming off the sword.
- Shikamaru correctly assumes he used all the metal he took away at the start and the Final Furnace Duet was to create the replica.
- As the water dragon grows Sunaarashi swings the sword using the Water Release: Dragon palm strike more like a whip.
The jutsu knocks back many shinobi.
- Shikamaru: "We need to stop him for enough time for the plan".
Darui sighs and uses Storm Release: Laser Circus.
Sunaarashi goes to block the attack with his sword but the jutsu goes around the sword and hits him in the chest.
Sunaarashis shirt falls off showing that Mercury is covering his torso.
- Chōjūrō with Hiramekarei in its hammer form swings, but Sunaarashi jumps away.
- Suigetsu now behind Sunaarashi swings Kubikiribōchō but its easy blocked.
Sunaarashi: "Oh, your related to Lord Second Gengetsu".
Suigetsu: "It's an honor to fight you".
Sunaarashi: "Yeah, but not so much me fighting you".
As Sunaarashi goes to grab Suigetsu he suddenly jumps into the air.
- Now mid-air many shinobi use jutsus so force Sunaarashi back to the ground and he quickly jumps to the side.
- Killer B with version 1 tailed-beast cloak active swings down Samehada, Sunaarashi uses the replica Cross-sword so block it.
- Sunaarashi kicks one of his legs out to the side, chakra threads fly towards a crowd of shinobi.
Kankurō uses his own threads to catch Sunaarashis.
Sunaarashi then swings his leg throwing Kankurō towards Killer B.
Omoi then jumps between and cuts the threads.
- Suddenly Sunaarashi opens the Sixth Gate and pushes Samehada off him and jumps into the air.
- Darui is in the air with Sunaarashi.
Darui: "I know this isn't part of the plan so sorry if it fails, Lightning Release: Black Panther".
Darui covers himself and his sword in black lightning and swings.
Sunaarashi swings his sword colliding with Daruis, Darui is flung away with the force of the hit.
- Sunaarashi is engulfed by the black lightning and even has a shocked look on his face.
He falls to the ground landing on his feet but even then he's trying to move as the black lightning clings to him almost paralyzing him.
He then looks to Shikamaru.
Shikamarus shadow is now connected with Shadow Imitation Technique.
Other members of the Nara clan join in.
- Shikamaru and his clan members start opening their arms out and lifting themselves up.
Sunaarashi is slowly mimicking the movements but fights against it.
- Chōjūrō with Hiramekarei in it's hammer form smacks Sunaarashi in the back.
Chōjūrō jumps back with some of the black lightning now covering his arms.
This action makes Sunaarashi stand more upright with arms nearly out straight.
- Shikamaru: "We can't continue with the black lightning around him!".
- Killer B: "I got it".
He jumps onto Sunaarashi holding him in a nelson hold.
Sunaarashi: "I didn't know you are this dumb".
Then Killer B starts melting.
- Killer B walks from the crowd.
Killer B: "It's my Sealing Technique: Octopus Hold, I know how to work around my fathers techniques".
Killer B thinking to himself: "Hmmm, it seems he doesn't know how to fight Kumogakure Shinobi as much as the other villages".
- Sunaarashi then looks down as the ink of the justu starts covering him and sees Hanabi.
- Shikamaru: "Darui, cancel the jutsu now!".
- Hanabi starts up Eight Trigrams Sixty-Four Palms.
Daruis now closer stops the jutsu.
- Sunaarashi looking down at Hanabi and opens the Seventh Gate.
- Members of the Nara clan all start struggling as Sunaarashi slowly moves his left arm towards Hanabi.
They switch to Shadow–Neck Binding Technique making shadow hands raise up Sunaarashis body.
- Hanabi feels the pressure being exerted to her, with her Byakugan active she sees the extremely large mass of chakra that is Sunaarashi, she also sees that he's feeding chakra into the soil, changing it.
She then uses Eight Trigrams Sixty-Four Palms.
- When done suddenly she is pulled backwards as Kankurō uses his chakra threads to pull her back.
- Through sheer force of the Seventh Gate Sunaarashi pushed through and is free from the Nara clans technique and the Sealing Technique: Octopus Hold.
- Sunaarashi is now unable to mold chakra.
- Sunaarashi looks at Shikamaru.
Sunaarashi: "You're actually smart, that's annoying".
- Sunaarashi charges forward towards Shikamaru, Suigetsu jumps in and goes to block a swing but Sunaarashi charges through him splashing Suigetsu everywhere.
- Sunaarashi prepares to stab at Shikamaru but his sword is pushed aside, between Sunaarashi and Shikamaru is Jūgo who has turned him arm into a blade.
- Jūgo goes into full Sage Transformation and punches Sunaarashi who takes the hit.
Sunaarashi returns a punch back and then swings his sword, Jūgos alters his arm to be like a shield and catches the sword in his arm.
The sword is imbedded in Jūgos arm.
Sunaarashi then rips the sword out and follows up with impaling Jūgo straight through his stomach and lifting him up into the air.
- Still in front of Shikamaru but now with Jūgo laying limp in the air above them, Sunaarashi brings his free arm towards Shikamaru.
Then a gust of air hit Sunaarashi and pushes him away a little, Temari is now standing between the two.
Sunaarashi: "I've already been betrayed by close family, I have no issue killing my cousins daughter".
- Suddenly Sunaarashi feels something grab his head, he looks up to Jūgo whos grabbed his head with both arms and are in the shape of pistons.
The pistons compress.
Sunaarashi lets out a yell in pain and then throws Jūgo from the sword.
- With Sunaarashi staggered Killer B Lariats him but it's countered and Killer B is now on the ground with his arm captured.
Sunaarashi wrenches Killer Bs arm making him let go of Samehada.
Sunaarashi grabs Samehada and smacks Samehadas mouth onto Killer B.
Hanabi: "He now has chakra that's usable!".
Samehada has transferred some chakra into Sunaarashis arm.
- Samehada shoots spines from it's handle, Sunaarashi lets ago and jumps back.
He turns off the Seventh Gate and is somewhat exhausted.
Sunaarashi then goes to slam his hand onto the ground.
Chōjūrō: "He's going to summon a clam!".
- Just before Sunaarashis hand hit the ground he pivots back and throws his arm back, a cut shows up on his arm and on his face.
- Sunaarashi stands up using his sword as leverage.
Sunaarashi: "I've never seen a swing that fast before".
Mifune stands with his sword out pointing at Sunaarashi.
Sunaarashi: "I have never fought a samurai before".
Sunaarashi then brings his own sword up and points the tip towards Mifune.
- Hanabi: "We have to stop him because sooner or later his chakra will return".
- Mifune and Sunaarashi clash swords.
It doesn't last long, Sunaarashi gets lots of small cuts over his body.
Mifune: "Your sword play is real good for such an unorthodox style".
Sunaarashi yells and opens the Sixth Gate and throws his sword at Mifune.
Mifune blocks the attack and is fine but was pushed back.
- Sunaarashi looks around before crashing through many shinobi and hitting away anyone in front of him.
- He stands in front of Karin who has Jūgo next her. He picks her up by the throat and kicks Jūgo away.
Sunaarashi: "Young Uzumaki girl, I've seen what you can do".
He then bites down on her shoulder.
- Hanabi: "He's absorbing her chakra and it's restoring his Tenketsu".
- Sunaarashis cuts start to heal as Karin yells out.
Karin thinks to herself: "He's taking so much so fast".
Chakra chains shot out from her body and wrap around Sunaarashi.
While still holding her in his mouth he grabs one of her hands and forces a hand seal with his own, the chains then disappear.
He then drops her by opening his mouth.
Sunaarashi: "I know how Uzumakis work".
- Sunaarashi then emits Magnet Release and brings all remaining metal and his replica sword to him.
He floats into the air, the metal forms wings on his back and a tail with the sword being the end of the tail.
Mercury then starts covering his body and the metal.
Sunaarashi: "You all are going to wish your plan worked".
He then dives to the ground and the soil starts converting into Mercury.
Mercury Release: Silver Dragoon.
- Shikamaru: "I have a back up plan, it better work".
- A mist starts covering the battle field.
Sunaarashi laughs in a metallic voice.
- At another battle.
The shinobi with a mobile chakra transmission communication device in the Four Violet Flames Formation: "I haven't heard anything from the other two still".
Another shinobi who is exhausted: "Just worry about this, have faith in them"
- Four of the Tailed beasts are pushing onto the Four Violet Flames Formation barrier with Son Gokū watching on.
- The Four Violet Flames Formation barrier warps as a buldge shoots from it.
It is impossible to see inside as the poison mist is too thick.
- Saiken: "You just need to keep the barrier active, we will stop you from from being hurt".
- The mobile chakra transmission communication device starts emitting a static.
the ninja: "I got a connection! Hello, come in, how is it on your side, we might need back up here!".
Unknown voice: "Back up is coming, but not for yous. Sunaarashi out".
- In the air Sunaarashi drops the mobile chakra transmission communication device as he travels fast through the air with all the metal following him.
- Nihirizumu shirt falls to the ground, where his heart is there is a puncture and cracks running from it over his shoulder.
- Kakashi is in shock.
Kakashi: "That red aura, it's the Gate of Death, we are in trouble here".
- Nihirizumu: "I don't know how long I will have but tell my friends that I'm sorry I can't continue with them".
He wears a pained smile.
- A Konoha shinobi: "The fire is dying down, prepare....".
As the shinobi speaks he's interrupted.
Sunaarashi brakes out of his self made prison attacking the shinobi before the fire was fully quelled.
Sunaarashis body has steam coming off it from the heat of the fire.
- Darui and Killer B already react and both swung at him, Sunaarashi jumps back to the fire.
-Sunaarashi: "Ooooo, I know that sword. Well this is not as good as mine but this should do".
He stomps on the ground, from the fire raising out of the ground is a sword longer then he is tall with four blade edges each pointing in different directions.
Its a replica of his Cross-sword.
He holds the long handle like a pole arm and uses Water Release: Dragon palm strike.
The water shoots over the sword in the shape of a dragon with steam coming off the sword.
- Shikamaru correctly assumes he used all the metal he took away at the start and the Final Furnace Duet was to create the replica.
- As the water dragon grows Sunaarashi swings the sword using the Water Release: Dragon palm strike more like a whip.
The jutsu knocks back many shinobi.
- Shikamaru: "We need to stop him for enough time for the plan".
Darui sighs and uses Storm Release: Laser Circus.
Sunaarashi goes to block the attack with his sword but the jutsu goes around the sword and hits him in the chest.
Sunaarashis shirt falls off showing that Mercury is covering his torso.
- Chōjūrō with Hiramekarei in its hammer form swings, but Sunaarashi jumps away.
- Suigetsu now behind Sunaarashi swings Kubikiribōchō but its easy blocked.
Sunaarashi: "Oh, your related to Lord Second Gengetsu".
Suigetsu: "It's an honor to fight you".
Sunaarashi: "Yeah, but not so much me fighting you".
As Sunaarashi goes to grab Suigetsu he suddenly jumps into the air.
- Now mid-air many shinobi use jutsus so force Sunaarashi back to the ground and he quickly jumps to the side.
- Killer B with version 1 tailed-beast cloak active swings down Samehada, Sunaarashi uses the replica Cross-sword so block it.
- Sunaarashi kicks one of his legs out to the side, chakra threads fly towards a crowd of shinobi.
Kankurō uses his own threads to catch Sunaarashis.
Sunaarashi then swings his leg throwing Kankurō towards Killer B.
Omoi then jumps between and cuts the threads.
- Suddenly Sunaarashi opens the Sixth Gate and pushes Samehada off him and jumps into the air.
- Darui is in the air with Sunaarashi.
Darui: "I know this isn't part of the plan so sorry if it fails, Lightning Release: Black Panther".
Darui covers himself and his sword in black lightning and swings.
Sunaarashi swings his sword colliding with Daruis, Darui is flung away with the force of the hit.
- Sunaarashi is engulfed by the black lightning and even has a shocked look on his face.
He falls to the ground landing on his feet but even then he's trying to move as the black lightning clings to him almost paralyzing him.
He then looks to Shikamaru.
Shikamarus shadow is now connected with Shadow Imitation Technique.
Other members of the Nara clan join in.
- Shikamaru and his clan members start opening their arms out and lifting themselves up.
Sunaarashi is slowly mimicking the movements but fights against it.
- Chōjūrō with Hiramekarei in it's hammer form smacks Sunaarashi in the back.
Chōjūrō jumps back with some of the black lightning now covering his arms.
This action makes Sunaarashi stand more upright with arms nearly out straight.
- Shikamaru: "We can't continue with the black lightning around him!".
- Killer B: "I got it".
He jumps onto Sunaarashi holding him in a nelson hold.
Sunaarashi: "I didn't know you are this dumb".
Then Killer B starts melting.
- Killer B walks from the crowd.
Killer B: "It's my Sealing Technique: Octopus Hold, I know how to work around my fathers techniques".
Killer B thinking to himself: "Hmmm, it seems he doesn't know how to fight Kumogakure Shinobi as much as the other villages".
- Sunaarashi then looks down as the ink of the justu starts covering him and sees Hanabi.
- Shikamaru: "Darui, cancel the jutsu now!".
- Hanabi starts up Eight Trigrams Sixty-Four Palms.
Daruis now closer stops the jutsu.
- Sunaarashi looking down at Hanabi and opens the Seventh Gate.
- Members of the Nara clan all start struggling as Sunaarashi slowly moves his left arm towards Hanabi.
They switch to Shadow–Neck Binding Technique making shadow hands raise up Sunaarashis body.
- Hanabi feels the pressure being exerted to her, with her Byakugan active she sees the extremely large mass of chakra that is Sunaarashi, she also sees that he's feeding chakra into the soil, changing it.
She then uses Eight Trigrams Sixty-Four Palms.
- When done suddenly she is pulled backwards as Kankurō uses his chakra threads to pull her back.
- Through sheer force of the Seventh Gate Sunaarashi pushed through and is free from the Nara clans technique and the Sealing Technique: Octopus Hold.
- Sunaarashi is now unable to mold chakra.
- Sunaarashi looks at Shikamaru.
Sunaarashi: "You're actually smart, that's annoying".
- Sunaarashi charges forward towards Shikamaru, Suigetsu jumps in and goes to block a swing but Sunaarashi charges through him splashing Suigetsu everywhere.
- Sunaarashi prepares to stab at Shikamaru but his sword is pushed aside, between Sunaarashi and Shikamaru is Jūgo who has turned him arm into a blade.
- Jūgo goes into full Sage Transformation and punches Sunaarashi who takes the hit.
Sunaarashi returns a punch back and then swings his sword, Jūgos alters his arm to be like a shield and catches the sword in his arm.
The sword is imbedded in Jūgos arm.
Sunaarashi then rips the sword out and follows up with impaling Jūgo straight through his stomach and lifting him up into the air.
- Still in front of Shikamaru but now with Jūgo laying limp in the air above them, Sunaarashi brings his free arm towards Shikamaru.
Then a gust of air hit Sunaarashi and pushes him away a little, Temari is now standing between the two.
Sunaarashi: "I've already been betrayed by close family, I have no issue killing my cousins daughter".
- Suddenly Sunaarashi feels something grab his head, he looks up to Jūgo whos grabbed his head with both arms and are in the shape of pistons.
The pistons compress.
Sunaarashi lets out a yell in pain and then throws Jūgo from the sword.
- With Sunaarashi staggered Killer B Lariats him but it's countered and Killer B is now on the ground with his arm captured.
Sunaarashi wrenches Killer Bs arm making him let go of Samehada.
Sunaarashi grabs Samehada and smacks Samehadas mouth onto Killer B.
Hanabi: "He now has chakra that's usable!".
Samehada has transferred some chakra into Sunaarashis arm.
- Samehada shoots spines from it's handle, Sunaarashi lets ago and jumps back.
He turns off the Seventh Gate and is somewhat exhausted.
Sunaarashi then goes to slam his hand onto the ground.
Chōjūrō: "He's going to summon a clam!".
- Just before Sunaarashis hand hit the ground he pivots back and throws his arm back, a cut shows up on his arm and on his face.
- Sunaarashi stands up using his sword as leverage.
Sunaarashi: "I've never seen a swing that fast before".
Mifune stands with his sword out pointing at Sunaarashi.
Sunaarashi: "I have never fought a samurai before".
Sunaarashi then brings his own sword up and points the tip towards Mifune.
- Hanabi: "We have to stop him because sooner or later his chakra will return".
- Mifune and Sunaarashi clash swords.
It doesn't last long, Sunaarashi gets lots of small cuts over his body.
Mifune: "Your sword play is real good for such an unorthodox style".
Sunaarashi yells and opens the Sixth Gate and throws his sword at Mifune.
Mifune blocks the attack and is fine but was pushed back.
- Sunaarashi looks around before crashing through many shinobi and hitting away anyone in front of him.
- He stands in front of Karin who has Jūgo next her. He picks her up by the throat and kicks Jūgo away.
Sunaarashi: "Young Uzumaki girl, I've seen what you can do".
He then bites down on her shoulder.
- Hanabi: "He's absorbing her chakra and it's restoring his Tenketsu".
- Sunaarashis cuts start to heal as Karin yells out.
Karin thinks to herself: "He's taking so much so fast".
Chakra chains shot out from her body and wrap around Sunaarashi.
While still holding her in his mouth he grabs one of her hands and forces a hand seal with his own, the chains then disappear.
He then drops her by opening his mouth.
Sunaarashi: "I know how Uzumakis work".
- Sunaarashi then emits Magnet Release and brings all remaining metal and his replica sword to him.
He floats into the air, the metal forms wings on his back and a tail with the sword being the end of the tail.
Mercury then starts covering his body and the metal.
Sunaarashi: "You all are going to wish your plan worked".
He then dives to the ground and the soil starts converting into Mercury.
Mercury Release: Silver Dragoon.
- Shikamaru: "I have a back up plan, it better work".
- A mist starts covering the battle field.
Sunaarashi laughs in a metallic voice.
- At another battle.
The shinobi with a mobile chakra transmission communication device in the Four Violet Flames Formation: "I haven't heard anything from the other two still".
Another shinobi who is exhausted: "Just worry about this, have faith in them"
- Four of the Tailed beasts are pushing onto the Four Violet Flames Formation barrier with Son Gokū watching on.
- The Four Violet Flames Formation barrier warps as a buldge shoots from it.
It is impossible to see inside as the poison mist is too thick.
- Saiken: "You just need to keep the barrier active, we will stop you from from being hurt".
- The mobile chakra transmission communication device starts emitting a static.
the ninja: "I got a connection! Hello, come in, how is it on your side, we might need back up here!".
Unknown voice: "Back up is coming, but not for yous. Sunaarashi out".
- In the air Sunaarashi drops the mobile chakra transmission communication device as he travels fast through the air with all the metal following him.
P.13. Crescendo
P.13. Crescendo
- Nihirizumu stands facing the wall that is Iwagakure that is a little in the distance, a few chunks of it gone but still intact.
He brings his arm up to his heart, the cracks running from his heart now extend down his left arm.
Nihirizumu: "My home, I will always protect you".
He turns away from the wall.
Nihirizumu: "I don't know how but I'm alive longer then I believe I should be, likely Gesshokus doing".
- On the ground everyone is lying.
No one is standing up, only Naruto is sitting up in Sage Mode but is gravely injured.
Nihirizumu: "I know sage mode can sense chakra, I'm sure you can feel the amount of death around you".
- The land around is completely destroyed.
Some animals from Summoning Techniques are laying on the ground.
Tsunade is passed out on the ground as a small Katsuyu slowly moves to her.
Katsuyu: "So much of me is destroyed, I can't heal you very well".
- Kurama: "I got enough now".
Naruto bursts of tailed beast chakra, the red aura starts covering everyone.
Nihirizumu: "Tailed Beast chakra has a healing factor to it, you're using it to heal everyone. Your unity is commendable, but I wouldn't think you would have it in your heart to have everyone conscious when I kill you all".
Naruto starts lifting himself up.
Naruto: "We will not lose, we have fought greater threats together and we will win together".
- Sasuke wakes up, Sakura is laying next to him.
He looks over to Naruto and Nihirizumu, he has just his Rinnegan eye open and sees Nihirizumus heart's pressure point becoming weaker.
- Some Shinobi start lifting themselves up.
A is the next to stand up, his arm is tattered and broken.
- Kakashi is sitting up leaning on a rock.
Kakashi thinks to himself: "even now teamwork is what he believes in".
He wears a smile.
- Nihirizumu watches as people move and start to stand. He sighs and shakes his head.
Nihirizumu: "Well, Naruto, with you being in Sage Mode, being a Jinchūriki and an Uzumaki, I'm sure you could somehow pull off surviving, so before my friends then kill you, tell them I died happy".
Nihirizumu starts emitting an enormous amount of red steam, his skin starts to become darker as its being cooked.
Earthquakes start up as he lurches forward.
- Kakashis eyes widen
Lee: "Its like Guys final move!".
Pressure emitting from Nihirizumu blanketing the area.
Gaara: "No, this is stronger, he's adding Earthquake Release into it".
- Orochimaru does Summoning: Triple Rashōmon.
- Gaara summons a massive amount of sand and makes a large version of Ultimately Hard Absolute Defense: Shield of Shukaku.
- Sasuke stands in front of everyone and brings up the torso of his Susanoo.
- Many shinobi bring up Earth Release walls.
- Naruto enters full Tailed Beast Mode and fires a Tailed Beast Ball.
- Nihirizumu puts his hands on the ground and is now in a sprinting position.
Nihirizumu: "Earthquake Release: Impact Zone".
A shock wave bursts from him in all directions.
The Tailed Beast Ball hits the wave and makes Narutos technique explode mid-air.
The wave continues, earth is pushed away with stones lifting and get flung or disintegrates, any Earth Release walls brake instantly.
The wave hits Gaaras sand and disperses it with no stoppage.
The Triple Rashōmon don't even stall the wave and start cracking before vanishing into smoke.
- People start backing away, some start attacking the wave as it continues.
- Sasuke sees his Susanoo start cracking and puts both his arms.
Sasuke unleashes a repulsive force, he used Shinra Tensei as the Susanoo breaks.
- This works at stopping the wave of destruction but only in front.
It continues around the force of Shinra Tensei.
Many shinobi try to get behind Sasuke but any caught to far out to the side to make it in time become disintegrated when hit with the wave.
Sasuke collapses.
Naruto: "That's Pains power".
- The wave stops but not before just hitting the wall of Iwagakure, some of the wall breaks off.
- Nihirizumu coughs up a lot of blood but when it hits the ground it quickly evaporates.
Broth of his forearms are cracked with blood evaporating from the cracks as it seeps out.
He digs his fingers into the soil.
A smile shows up on his face.
Nihirizumu thinks to himself: "It's been fun".
- At this point no defense can stop him.
- Sakura runs up to Sasuke and holds him as Sasuke forms Susanoo ribs around himself and her.
- A sits down on a large rock and laughs as tears start rolling down his face.
A: "I'm sorry B".
- Katsuyu is healing Tsunade.
Tsunade: "You go home, don't witness this".
Before Katsuyu can even respond Tsunade unsummons her, she just looks up to the sky.
- Mei grabs Ōnoki who's passed out and brings him to Kurotsuchi and Kitsuchi.
Mei: "He should be with his family".
Kurotsuchi grabs and hugs him.
- Kurama: "Naruto, I don't believe you will survive this".
Naruto: "Kurama, thank you for being my friend".
- A tear roles down Narutos face, Gaara then grabs his shoulder.
Gaara: "I wish we could of been Kages together".
A smile now showing on Narutos face as Gaara smiles back.
- The red steam starts taking the shape of a dragon around Nihirizumu.
He then pushes forward.
- Everyone closes their eyes as the pressure of the 8th Gates steams increases.
- A loud explosion is heard, a burst of high pressured air hits everyone with a massive earthquake rumbling the area.
It even knocks some people off their feet.
- After that one burst, everything dies down. Silence.
- Naruto: "Did we die?".
- Others start talking confused in what's happened.
- Kakashi looks towards Nihirizumu whos laying face down on the ground.
Then he sees behind Nihirizumu, the wall of Iwagakure has collapsed, buildings can even be seen further back.
He then notices that to one side of Nihirizumu that the ground is further destroyed, a crater larger then the one Earthquake Release: Impact Zone created has been formed.
- Kurotsuchi: "What happened".
- Orochimaru goes up to Nihirizumus body.
Orochimaru: "He's dead".
- Other start coming up.
- Nihirizumus body is missing its left arm and a chunk of the left side of his torso is missing. The charred body crumbles a little.
- Tsunade comes up has a look.
Tsunade: "I can't tell without properly looking but I think his body couldn't handle all that pressure from the 8th Gate".
- Kitsuchi: "Everyone who's able to walk, can you grab anyone unable to move and follow me. Lets recuperate".
He points in the direction of Iwagakure.
- Tsunade and Orochimaru stand over Nihirizumus body.
Orochimaru: "It's not often you can find a body of someone who used the 8th gate, much less one that hasn't fully broken down".
Tsunade goes to say something when Kurotsuchi walks up holding a still passed out Ōnoki.
Kurotsuchi: "If you can, can you take his body back to the village. I'm sure someone would like to finally say goodbye".
Tsunade: "We will try to bring it in".
Kurotsuchi walks towards Iwagakure.
- Back where kabuto and Gesshoku fight.
- Son Gokū watches on and hums.
Son Gokū: "I wish I could see what's happening inside".
Shukaku: "Stop being lazy and help!".
- The Four Violet Flames Formation warps from attacks happening inside, it is still impossible to see inside.
- A shiver runs up Shukakus body who now starts panicking.
Shukaku: "Stupid monkey prepare yourself, now!".
Son Gokū: "Why? You have this you raccoon".
- Suddenly a large mass of metal lands on the top of the Four Violet Flames Formation. Everyone is shocked.
Sunaarashi: "Magnet Release: Hornets Nest".
From the mass of metal many swords, kunai and other ninja tools shoot out at high speed. These hit all Tailed Beasts but Son Gokū.
- Sunaarashi stands on top of the the Four Violet Flames Formation with a smile. He then floats up into the air.
- Son Gokū fires lava at Sunaarashi but he dodges and then starts diving down.
Mid dive Sunaarashi activates 7th Gate and uses Earth Release: Added-Weight Rock Technique.
He then smacks into the roof of the barrier. This makes the barrier warp inwards.
- The shinobi holding the jutsu together struggle.
The one with the mobile chakra transmission communication then sees a silhouette from inside the barrier.
The silhouette then punches towards him.
The punch warps the barrier and sends the shinobi flying, the barrier starts opening up and poisonous gas starts flowing out.
- Gesshoku walks out the gas beaten up with steam coming off his body and wearing a Poison Release jumper.
- Saiken lunges towards Gesshoku but Sunaarashi in full Mercury armour tackles Saiken, pushing Saiken away.
- Suddenly a snake comes from inside the barrier and wraps around Gesshoku.
Sunaarashi points to Gesshoku, then points down.
The replica Cross-sword plummets from the sky and cuts the snake.
Kabuto walks out staggering as the Four Violet Flames Formation further brakes down.
- Chōmei then makes the gas disperse with it's wings.
- Sunaarashi looks at Kabuto.
Sunaarashi: "Wow, I've never felt anything like that before".
Gesshoku: "He's using Sage techniques and it doesn't seem to run out, something wrong with his body".
Kabuto: "Like you can talk".
- Suddenly the Mercury armour on Sunaarashi starts peeling away showing he's still in 7th Gate.
Shukakus arm is outreached.
The other Tailed Beasts come forward surrounding them.
- Sunaarashi: "Hmm, I can't convert the ground".
- Gesshoku backs up to Sunaarashi and puts his hand on him.
Gesshoku: "Poison Release: False Enhancers".
Kabuto feels the poison flow into Sunaarashi melding with this muscles and organs.
On the outside Sunaarashi veins become visible and his skin tone changes further.
- Poison Release: False Enhancers, Poison flows into the body acting as an adrenaline, steroid, numbing agent and others to act like the real stuff to boost ones body.
- Gesshoku activates 7th Gate.
Gesshoku: "You Tailed Beasts should know to never mess with an Uzumaki".
A smile comes across Gesshokus face.
Sunaarashi screams with a smile on his face.
- Nihirizumu stands facing the wall that is Iwagakure that is a little in the distance, a few chunks of it gone but still intact.
He brings his arm up to his heart, the cracks running from his heart now extend down his left arm.
Nihirizumu: "My home, I will always protect you".
He turns away from the wall.
Nihirizumu: "I don't know how but I'm alive longer then I believe I should be, likely Gesshokus doing".
- On the ground everyone is lying.
No one is standing up, only Naruto is sitting up in Sage Mode but is gravely injured.
Nihirizumu: "I know sage mode can sense chakra, I'm sure you can feel the amount of death around you".
- The land around is completely destroyed.
Some animals from Summoning Techniques are laying on the ground.
Tsunade is passed out on the ground as a small Katsuyu slowly moves to her.
Katsuyu: "So much of me is destroyed, I can't heal you very well".
- Kurama: "I got enough now".
Naruto bursts of tailed beast chakra, the red aura starts covering everyone.
Nihirizumu: "Tailed Beast chakra has a healing factor to it, you're using it to heal everyone. Your unity is commendable, but I wouldn't think you would have it in your heart to have everyone conscious when I kill you all".
Naruto starts lifting himself up.
Naruto: "We will not lose, we have fought greater threats together and we will win together".
- Sasuke wakes up, Sakura is laying next to him.
He looks over to Naruto and Nihirizumu, he has just his Rinnegan eye open and sees Nihirizumus heart's pressure point becoming weaker.
- Some Shinobi start lifting themselves up.
A is the next to stand up, his arm is tattered and broken.
- Kakashi is sitting up leaning on a rock.
Kakashi thinks to himself: "even now teamwork is what he believes in".
He wears a smile.
- Nihirizumu watches as people move and start to stand. He sighs and shakes his head.
Nihirizumu: "Well, Naruto, with you being in Sage Mode, being a Jinchūriki and an Uzumaki, I'm sure you could somehow pull off surviving, so before my friends then kill you, tell them I died happy".
Nihirizumu starts emitting an enormous amount of red steam, his skin starts to become darker as its being cooked.
Earthquakes start up as he lurches forward.
- Kakashis eyes widen
Lee: "Its like Guys final move!".
Pressure emitting from Nihirizumu blanketing the area.
Gaara: "No, this is stronger, he's adding Earthquake Release into it".
- Orochimaru does Summoning: Triple Rashōmon.
- Gaara summons a massive amount of sand and makes a large version of Ultimately Hard Absolute Defense: Shield of Shukaku.
- Sasuke stands in front of everyone and brings up the torso of his Susanoo.
- Many shinobi bring up Earth Release walls.
- Naruto enters full Tailed Beast Mode and fires a Tailed Beast Ball.
- Nihirizumu puts his hands on the ground and is now in a sprinting position.
Nihirizumu: "Earthquake Release: Impact Zone".
A shock wave bursts from him in all directions.
The Tailed Beast Ball hits the wave and makes Narutos technique explode mid-air.
The wave continues, earth is pushed away with stones lifting and get flung or disintegrates, any Earth Release walls brake instantly.
The wave hits Gaaras sand and disperses it with no stoppage.
The Triple Rashōmon don't even stall the wave and start cracking before vanishing into smoke.
- People start backing away, some start attacking the wave as it continues.
- Sasuke sees his Susanoo start cracking and puts both his arms.
Sasuke unleashes a repulsive force, he used Shinra Tensei as the Susanoo breaks.
- This works at stopping the wave of destruction but only in front.
It continues around the force of Shinra Tensei.
Many shinobi try to get behind Sasuke but any caught to far out to the side to make it in time become disintegrated when hit with the wave.
Sasuke collapses.
Naruto: "That's Pains power".
- The wave stops but not before just hitting the wall of Iwagakure, some of the wall breaks off.
- Nihirizumu coughs up a lot of blood but when it hits the ground it quickly evaporates.
Broth of his forearms are cracked with blood evaporating from the cracks as it seeps out.
He digs his fingers into the soil.
A smile shows up on his face.
Nihirizumu thinks to himself: "It's been fun".
- At this point no defense can stop him.
- Sakura runs up to Sasuke and holds him as Sasuke forms Susanoo ribs around himself and her.
- A sits down on a large rock and laughs as tears start rolling down his face.
A: "I'm sorry B".
- Katsuyu is healing Tsunade.
Tsunade: "You go home, don't witness this".
Before Katsuyu can even respond Tsunade unsummons her, she just looks up to the sky.
- Mei grabs Ōnoki who's passed out and brings him to Kurotsuchi and Kitsuchi.
Mei: "He should be with his family".
Kurotsuchi grabs and hugs him.
- Kurama: "Naruto, I don't believe you will survive this".
Naruto: "Kurama, thank you for being my friend".
- A tear roles down Narutos face, Gaara then grabs his shoulder.
Gaara: "I wish we could of been Kages together".
A smile now showing on Narutos face as Gaara smiles back.
- The red steam starts taking the shape of a dragon around Nihirizumu.
He then pushes forward.
- Everyone closes their eyes as the pressure of the 8th Gates steams increases.
- A loud explosion is heard, a burst of high pressured air hits everyone with a massive earthquake rumbling the area.
It even knocks some people off their feet.
- After that one burst, everything dies down. Silence.
- Naruto: "Did we die?".
- Others start talking confused in what's happened.
- Kakashi looks towards Nihirizumu whos laying face down on the ground.
Then he sees behind Nihirizumu, the wall of Iwagakure has collapsed, buildings can even be seen further back.
He then notices that to one side of Nihirizumu that the ground is further destroyed, a crater larger then the one Earthquake Release: Impact Zone created has been formed.
- Kurotsuchi: "What happened".
- Orochimaru goes up to Nihirizumus body.
Orochimaru: "He's dead".
- Other start coming up.
- Nihirizumus body is missing its left arm and a chunk of the left side of his torso is missing. The charred body crumbles a little.
- Tsunade comes up has a look.
Tsunade: "I can't tell without properly looking but I think his body couldn't handle all that pressure from the 8th Gate".
- Kitsuchi: "Everyone who's able to walk, can you grab anyone unable to move and follow me. Lets recuperate".
He points in the direction of Iwagakure.
- Tsunade and Orochimaru stand over Nihirizumus body.
Orochimaru: "It's not often you can find a body of someone who used the 8th gate, much less one that hasn't fully broken down".
Tsunade goes to say something when Kurotsuchi walks up holding a still passed out Ōnoki.
Kurotsuchi: "If you can, can you take his body back to the village. I'm sure someone would like to finally say goodbye".
Tsunade: "We will try to bring it in".
Kurotsuchi walks towards Iwagakure.
- Back where kabuto and Gesshoku fight.
- Son Gokū watches on and hums.
Son Gokū: "I wish I could see what's happening inside".
Shukaku: "Stop being lazy and help!".
- The Four Violet Flames Formation warps from attacks happening inside, it is still impossible to see inside.
- A shiver runs up Shukakus body who now starts panicking.
Shukaku: "Stupid monkey prepare yourself, now!".
Son Gokū: "Why? You have this you raccoon".
- Suddenly a large mass of metal lands on the top of the Four Violet Flames Formation. Everyone is shocked.
Sunaarashi: "Magnet Release: Hornets Nest".
From the mass of metal many swords, kunai and other ninja tools shoot out at high speed. These hit all Tailed Beasts but Son Gokū.
- Sunaarashi stands on top of the the Four Violet Flames Formation with a smile. He then floats up into the air.
- Son Gokū fires lava at Sunaarashi but he dodges and then starts diving down.
Mid dive Sunaarashi activates 7th Gate and uses Earth Release: Added-Weight Rock Technique.
He then smacks into the roof of the barrier. This makes the barrier warp inwards.
- The shinobi holding the jutsu together struggle.
The one with the mobile chakra transmission communication then sees a silhouette from inside the barrier.
The silhouette then punches towards him.
The punch warps the barrier and sends the shinobi flying, the barrier starts opening up and poisonous gas starts flowing out.
- Gesshoku walks out the gas beaten up with steam coming off his body and wearing a Poison Release jumper.
- Saiken lunges towards Gesshoku but Sunaarashi in full Mercury armour tackles Saiken, pushing Saiken away.
- Suddenly a snake comes from inside the barrier and wraps around Gesshoku.
Sunaarashi points to Gesshoku, then points down.
The replica Cross-sword plummets from the sky and cuts the snake.
Kabuto walks out staggering as the Four Violet Flames Formation further brakes down.
- Chōmei then makes the gas disperse with it's wings.
- Sunaarashi looks at Kabuto.
Sunaarashi: "Wow, I've never felt anything like that before".
Gesshoku: "He's using Sage techniques and it doesn't seem to run out, something wrong with his body".
Kabuto: "Like you can talk".
- Suddenly the Mercury armour on Sunaarashi starts peeling away showing he's still in 7th Gate.
Shukakus arm is outreached.
The other Tailed Beasts come forward surrounding them.
- Sunaarashi: "Hmm, I can't convert the ground".
- Gesshoku backs up to Sunaarashi and puts his hand on him.
Gesshoku: "Poison Release: False Enhancers".
Kabuto feels the poison flow into Sunaarashi melding with this muscles and organs.
On the outside Sunaarashi veins become visible and his skin tone changes further.
- Poison Release: False Enhancers, Poison flows into the body acting as an adrenaline, steroid, numbing agent and others to act like the real stuff to boost ones body.
- Gesshoku activates 7th Gate.
Gesshoku: "You Tailed Beasts should know to never mess with an Uzumaki".
A smile comes across Gesshokus face.
Sunaarashi screams with a smile on his face.
P.14 Interval
P.14 Interval
- It's been half a day since the fight with Nihirizumu finished.
Kitsuchi and Kurotsuchi had found the residents who had stayed or couldn't leave, they were hidden away in a safe area of the village.
They have now been moved back into their homes.
All of the surviving shinobi are currently still resting or being treated.
- Tsunade, Sakura and Orochimaru had managed to bring Nihirizumus body into the village.
Notes are being taken.
Tsunade: "I keep telling you that you can't take some samples".
Orochimaru: "I have no ill intent, this is just interesting".
- Mei, A, Gaara and Kakashi are sitting in the Tsuchikage building.
A shinobi enters: "No contact with the other two parties has still yet to be established".
Kakashi: "We don't exactly have able bodies to go and check them out".
Gaara: "Lets have trust in our people, they will have this".
- Kurotsuchi enters where the Kages are.
Kurotsuchi: "Grandpa has woken up. He's extremely injured and expected to not be able to fully recover".
She wears a sullen face.
- Later, Kitsuchi is waiting outside the broken wall of Iwagakure for anyone from the other parties to show up.
Kakashi, Yamato and Orochimaru show up.
Kakashi: "Still no sign of anyone?".
Kitsuchi: "Nothing".
Yamato and Orochimaru are by the root used earlier.
Orochimaru: "It's dead".
Kitsuchi: "What is that exactly?".
Orochimaru: "It's part of the tree that created the Zetsus during the war. It had been just sitting in a cave doing nothing when Kabuto and I went to get it. I had been trying to think of ways to use it and with the help of Hashirama cells and this tree he has able to make that prosthetic arm for Naruto".
Yamato: "The root will dissolve into the soil over time".
Orochimaru: "Such a waste of good samples, but the poison has ruined it".
Yamato then puts his hands to the ground and the root sinks into the soil.
- Unknown voice: "What's happening here?".
Killer B walks towards everyone, he's tattered but walking fine.
Kakashi: "Yamato, go inform the Raikage and the others".
Yamato flickers away.
- Back in the Tsuchikage building Killer B is sitting in front of everyone.
Killer B: "Well, first, we had to rethink of how to handle Sunaarashi. It worked at the start but he proved to be to much. He got the upper hand and over powered everyone. A lot of shinobi passed away but Sunaarashi left after he got a hold of Shikamaru".
A: "Why didn't you get into contact with us?!".
Killer B: "Sunaarashi stole the communication device. But with me being a Jinchūriki I would be the quickest healed up and Darui asked me to return to Iwagakure to inform them that they lost".
Mei: "How did you managed to beat Sunaarashi here?".
Killer B: "When he used genjutsu on Shikamaru it was to Interrogate him, the genjutsu made him confess the original plan for him, so he must of went to Gesshoku".
The Kage are talking to themselves on what to do next.
Killer B: "We may of lost but we may of figured something out".
A: "Explain".
Killer B: "Black Lightning works on him".
A: "Dads lightning works?".
Killer B: "Sunaarashi isn't well versed in Kumogakure techniques".
- Tsunade enters the room.
Tsunade: "Does anyone knows where Sasuke is?".
Kakashi: "We can find out, what's wrong?".
Tsunade: "It's hard to explain without showing, might be best to follow me".
- In the room housing Nihirizumus body a member of the Hyūga Clan is there with Orochimaru.
Tsunades asked the Hyūga member to tell them what was told to her.
The Hyūga member: "When examining the body I activated my Byakugan and something seemed weird, his Chakra Pathway System is thin, like chakra can't flow through it properly, also that the core was not broken but oddly small".
Tsunade: "Orochimaru wanted to see how the chakra flow is after the 8th Gate and needed the Byakugan to see it properly, but I think we need Sasukes Rinnegan to see extra information".
- Sakura enters the room.
Sakura: "I found him".
Sasuke and Naruto then walking in behind her.
Tsunade: "Sasuke, can you look at this with your Rinnegan?".
Tsunade then she starts flowing chakra through Nihirizumu body. Sasuke puts on a puzzled look.
Sasuke: "This, doesn't look right".
- Unknown voice: "What doesn't look right?".
A voice heard from behind everyone. Kurotsuchi with Ōnoki enters the room.
Ōnoki: "Why has everyone come here?".
He then sees Nihirizumus body, he slowly floats over to it and touches the body, small fragments drop off the body making Ōnoki retract his hand.
Tsunade: "The body is still fragile in parts but it shouldn't crumble completely".
Ōnoki: "So, what's all the commotion been about?".
The Hyūga Clan member repeats the story.
Ōnoki starts panicking.
Kurotsuchi: "What the matter?".
Ōnoki: "Nihirizumu might still be alive".
The room is stunned.
Ōnoki: "Nihirizumu must of used Fission Technique".
He explains the jutsu.
Orochimaru: "I'm skeptical, even if that did happen could the other half survive the effects of the 8th Gate?".
Ōnoki: "I don't know but we shouldn't risk it".
Mei: "Shouldn't we of seen the second body?".
Kakashi: "It was likely thrown far away from the explosion this body caused".
Orochimaru: "If so I would imagine it would of likely been thrown the direction opposite of this body failing. With how strong that explosion was it would be far away".
Mei: "If he had some consciousness when it happened he could of floated to help stop him from smacking into something".
Ōnoki: "He will be weak, Fission Technique will make him easy to capture".
- A thinking to himself: "Capture, he still has feelings for the boy".
- Kakashi: "I will get any Hyūgas able to move to use their Byakugan to search".
Naruto: "Why don't I just find him with Sage Mode?".
Kakashi smiles at Naruto.
Kakashi: "You got this".
Naruto smiles.
- Outside the village Naruto stands with Sasuke and Kakashi in the epicenter where Nihirizumus body fell.
Kakashi looks out to the direction where the crater from by Nihirizumus body failing extends.
Kakashi: "Now looking at the damage, I think this is worse then what Pain did. Only that this is longer".
Naruto sits down and activates Sage Mode.
Kakashi: "If we go by what Orochimarus guesses, it should be that direction".
Kakashi point into the direction opposite to the crater.
- Naruto with his eyes closed feels the area.
In the distance he feels a body.
Naruto: "I found him, it's Nihirizumu for sure, and he's alive, barely".
Sasuke: "Naruto and I will go, you get the others and then follow behind".
Naruto and Sasuke jump off into the direction of Nihirizumu.
- Narutos Sage Mode deactivates as they travel.
Naruto: "Should be just over here".
They land in front of Nihirizumu, he's on the ground slumped over with his back against a large rock.
Sasuke goes down to him and brings his hand up to Nihirizumus face.
Sasuke: "He's breathing, buts it's really weak, I can see it's the same with his pulse".
He stands back up next to Naruto and goes to say something.
A loud thud hits the ground behind them.
A shadow looms over Naruto and Sasuke.
Kurama: "That's a lot of hostile emotions I'm feeling".
They slowly turn around.
- Looking down on them is Sunaarashi.
He's beaten up with only ripped pants on.
His eyes wide open with no expression shown elsewhere.
- Before Naruto and Sasuke can react both are grabbed by the throat.
Sunaarashi lifts them up off the ground above his own head and is choking them.
Blood starts flowing from sasukes eye.
Sunaarashi tightens his grip making Sasuke look up into the sky, he tries with his hand to loosen the grip on him.
Naruto who was kicking Sunaarashi is now more flailing.
Only desperate gasps are coming from them as air is barely flowing from their throats. Sunaarashi is not even reacting to their attempts to save themselves.
- Gesshoku now lands on the scene with his poison still being used as a jumper.
He goes straight to Nihirizumu.
Naruto and Sasuke start to pass out.
Gesshoku: "He's still alive come help!".
Sunaarashi throws Naruto and Sasuke away and rushes to Nihirizumu.
Naruto hits a rock and Sasuke scrapes across the ground
- Both Sunaarashi and Gesshoku use medical ninjutsu on Nihirizumu.
Gesshoku then uses Poison Release: False Enhancers on Nihirizumu.
- Sunaarashi stops and looks off into the distance, he picks up Nihirizumu over his shoulder.
Sunaarashi: "People are coming, we have to leave".
Gesshoku just agrees and they jump away.
- Sasuke gets up coughing, he jumps after them.
Naruto staggering and coughing can't get to his feet quick enough and falls back to the ground, he thinks to himself "don't go alone".
- Sunaarashi: "We have company, make it quick".
- Sasuke lands, in front of him is Gesshoku, further behind is Sunaarashi healing Nihirizumu.
Gesshoku: "You Uchiha really like to make things worse. It's because of your clan the Uzumaki never moved to Konohagakure and we formed our own village. Just like if it wasn't for Fugaku this whole thing wouldn't of happened".
Gesshoku claps his hands together: "Poison Style: Mimic..."
Sasuke just uses Amaterasu and lights the area ablaze.
Gesshoku: "Gah, god damn it".
Sunaarashi: "He's making them know where we are, we have to leave".
Sunaarashi jumps away, Gesshoku follows and Sasuke chases after.
- Gesshoku: "Your family did have a habit of being persistent, just like the effort done by your family just for a new pair of eyes, will you take that little girls eyes when she gets older like the ones you have now?".
Gesshoku turns around and clapping his hands together, "Poison Style: Mimic - Exploding Water Colliding Wave".
He spits out a large volume of poison in liquid form towards Sasuke, waves of the poison crashing into each other.
Sasuke brings out his Susanoo and hides himself in it as the poison crashes into him.
- Sasuke in his Susanoo exits the poison, he looks in the distance and sees them continuing to get away. He cancels the Susanoo as its covered in poison and is slowly eating away the Susanoo and continues to follow.
- Kakashi and everyone else reach Naruto who's now up.
Naruto: "Sunaarashi and Gessoku shown up and took Nihirizumu, Sasuke is currently chasing them".
In the distance smoke raises into the sky where everyone can see it.
- Kakashi: "Follow the smoke and stop them".
Naruto enters his Nine-Tails Chakra Mode.
Naruto: "I'm the fastest, I will get there first".
Naruto jumps away before Kakashi can say anything.
- Trees start appearing as Gesshoku and Sunaarashi jump onto the branches. One tree is set aflame with black fire.
Sunaarashi: "I'm starting to get quite angry".
Gesshoku stops and lands on the ground, then puts his hands on the ground.
Gesshoku: "Summoning".
Sunaarashi gets visibly angry.
Sunaarashi: "You didn't?".
Gesshoku: "I thought you were all dead, I was desperate, I'm sorry ok!".
- Sasuke enters the scene but only in front of him is a coffin, this makes Sasuke stall and it opens.
A young woman with long black hair and cracks all over her body stands in front of him.
Clearly a Summoning: Impure World Reincarnation soul.
- Sasuke charges at the woman.
Woman: "Itachi?".
Sasuke stops just in front of the woman.
She looks up, she has black eyes, under which are long pronounced tear-troughs.
Sasuke is now stunned looking at this woman as she looks oddly like Itachi, clearly an Uchiha.
She reaches up to Sasukes face and touches it.
Woman: "Mikoto always liked Fugaku, she would even say she would name their son Itachi if she had one, I can tell you are their child".
The woman has a smile and tears rolling down her face.
- The woman is hit with a Rasengan as Naruto jumps in.
She's thrown away by the attack and hits a tree.
A coffin raises out of the ground and she gets unsummoned.
- Sunaarashi is standing tall over Gesshoku.
Sunaarashi: "You are a monster".
Gesshoku is on the ground looking down.
Gesshoku: "I know".
- Naruto: "You all good?".
Sasuke doesn't know how to react.
Naruto: "Was that what I think it was?"
He goes to say something but his voice croaks, likely from when he was being choked.
Naruto: "Do you know where they went?".
Sasuke slowly shakes his head.
- Naruto: "Ok, wait a second while I go back into Sage Mode".
Being in Nine-Tails Chakra Mode it comes quick and he feels them not to far away.
Naruto: "I found them they are... gone. They just vanished".
- Everyone else starts showing up.
Kakashi: "What's happened?".
Naruto: "We lost them".
- Sasuke thinks to himself: "I let them get away. But, who was that?".
~~~~~~
Post chapter note.
I've hit a bit of a problem with next chapter, it doesn't feel right.
Also a bit of a block on how to continue with the chapter after.
Might be a little before next comes out.
Sorry.
- It's been half a day since the fight with Nihirizumu finished.
Kitsuchi and Kurotsuchi had found the residents who had stayed or couldn't leave, they were hidden away in a safe area of the village.
They have now been moved back into their homes.
All of the surviving shinobi are currently still resting or being treated.
- Tsunade, Sakura and Orochimaru had managed to bring Nihirizumus body into the village.
Notes are being taken.
Tsunade: "I keep telling you that you can't take some samples".
Orochimaru: "I have no ill intent, this is just interesting".
- Mei, A, Gaara and Kakashi are sitting in the Tsuchikage building.
A shinobi enters: "No contact with the other two parties has still yet to be established".
Kakashi: "We don't exactly have able bodies to go and check them out".
Gaara: "Lets have trust in our people, they will have this".
- Kurotsuchi enters where the Kages are.
Kurotsuchi: "Grandpa has woken up. He's extremely injured and expected to not be able to fully recover".
She wears a sullen face.
- Later, Kitsuchi is waiting outside the broken wall of Iwagakure for anyone from the other parties to show up.
Kakashi, Yamato and Orochimaru show up.
Kakashi: "Still no sign of anyone?".
Kitsuchi: "Nothing".
Yamato and Orochimaru are by the root used earlier.
Orochimaru: "It's dead".
Kitsuchi: "What is that exactly?".
Orochimaru: "It's part of the tree that created the Zetsus during the war. It had been just sitting in a cave doing nothing when Kabuto and I went to get it. I had been trying to think of ways to use it and with the help of Hashirama cells and this tree he has able to make that prosthetic arm for Naruto".
Yamato: "The root will dissolve into the soil over time".
Orochimaru: "Such a waste of good samples, but the poison has ruined it".
Yamato then puts his hands to the ground and the root sinks into the soil.
- Unknown voice: "What's happening here?".
Killer B walks towards everyone, he's tattered but walking fine.
Kakashi: "Yamato, go inform the Raikage and the others".
Yamato flickers away.
- Back in the Tsuchikage building Killer B is sitting in front of everyone.
Killer B: "Well, first, we had to rethink of how to handle Sunaarashi. It worked at the start but he proved to be to much. He got the upper hand and over powered everyone. A lot of shinobi passed away but Sunaarashi left after he got a hold of Shikamaru".
A: "Why didn't you get into contact with us?!".
Killer B: "Sunaarashi stole the communication device. But with me being a Jinchūriki I would be the quickest healed up and Darui asked me to return to Iwagakure to inform them that they lost".
Mei: "How did you managed to beat Sunaarashi here?".
Killer B: "When he used genjutsu on Shikamaru it was to Interrogate him, the genjutsu made him confess the original plan for him, so he must of went to Gesshoku".
The Kage are talking to themselves on what to do next.
Killer B: "We may of lost but we may of figured something out".
A: "Explain".
Killer B: "Black Lightning works on him".
A: "Dads lightning works?".
Killer B: "Sunaarashi isn't well versed in Kumogakure techniques".
- Tsunade enters the room.
Tsunade: "Does anyone knows where Sasuke is?".
Kakashi: "We can find out, what's wrong?".
Tsunade: "It's hard to explain without showing, might be best to follow me".
- In the room housing Nihirizumus body a member of the Hyūga Clan is there with Orochimaru.
Tsunades asked the Hyūga member to tell them what was told to her.
The Hyūga member: "When examining the body I activated my Byakugan and something seemed weird, his Chakra Pathway System is thin, like chakra can't flow through it properly, also that the core was not broken but oddly small".
Tsunade: "Orochimaru wanted to see how the chakra flow is after the 8th Gate and needed the Byakugan to see it properly, but I think we need Sasukes Rinnegan to see extra information".
- Sakura enters the room.
Sakura: "I found him".
Sasuke and Naruto then walking in behind her.
Tsunade: "Sasuke, can you look at this with your Rinnegan?".
Tsunade then she starts flowing chakra through Nihirizumu body. Sasuke puts on a puzzled look.
Sasuke: "This, doesn't look right".
- Unknown voice: "What doesn't look right?".
A voice heard from behind everyone. Kurotsuchi with Ōnoki enters the room.
Ōnoki: "Why has everyone come here?".
He then sees Nihirizumus body, he slowly floats over to it and touches the body, small fragments drop off the body making Ōnoki retract his hand.
Tsunade: "The body is still fragile in parts but it shouldn't crumble completely".
Ōnoki: "So, what's all the commotion been about?".
The Hyūga Clan member repeats the story.
Ōnoki starts panicking.
Kurotsuchi: "What the matter?".
Ōnoki: "Nihirizumu might still be alive".
The room is stunned.
Ōnoki: "Nihirizumu must of used Fission Technique".
He explains the jutsu.
Orochimaru: "I'm skeptical, even if that did happen could the other half survive the effects of the 8th Gate?".
Ōnoki: "I don't know but we shouldn't risk it".
Mei: "Shouldn't we of seen the second body?".
Kakashi: "It was likely thrown far away from the explosion this body caused".
Orochimaru: "If so I would imagine it would of likely been thrown the direction opposite of this body failing. With how strong that explosion was it would be far away".
Mei: "If he had some consciousness when it happened he could of floated to help stop him from smacking into something".
Ōnoki: "He will be weak, Fission Technique will make him easy to capture".
- A thinking to himself: "Capture, he still has feelings for the boy".
- Kakashi: "I will get any Hyūgas able to move to use their Byakugan to search".
Naruto: "Why don't I just find him with Sage Mode?".
Kakashi smiles at Naruto.
Kakashi: "You got this".
Naruto smiles.
- Outside the village Naruto stands with Sasuke and Kakashi in the epicenter where Nihirizumus body fell.
Kakashi looks out to the direction where the crater from by Nihirizumus body failing extends.
Kakashi: "Now looking at the damage, I think this is worse then what Pain did. Only that this is longer".
Naruto sits down and activates Sage Mode.
Kakashi: "If we go by what Orochimarus guesses, it should be that direction".
Kakashi point into the direction opposite to the crater.
- Naruto with his eyes closed feels the area.
In the distance he feels a body.
Naruto: "I found him, it's Nihirizumu for sure, and he's alive, barely".
Sasuke: "Naruto and I will go, you get the others and then follow behind".
Naruto and Sasuke jump off into the direction of Nihirizumu.
- Narutos Sage Mode deactivates as they travel.
Naruto: "Should be just over here".
They land in front of Nihirizumu, he's on the ground slumped over with his back against a large rock.
Sasuke goes down to him and brings his hand up to Nihirizumus face.
Sasuke: "He's breathing, buts it's really weak, I can see it's the same with his pulse".
He stands back up next to Naruto and goes to say something.
A loud thud hits the ground behind them.
A shadow looms over Naruto and Sasuke.
Kurama: "That's a lot of hostile emotions I'm feeling".
They slowly turn around.
- Looking down on them is Sunaarashi.
He's beaten up with only ripped pants on.
His eyes wide open with no expression shown elsewhere.
- Before Naruto and Sasuke can react both are grabbed by the throat.
Sunaarashi lifts them up off the ground above his own head and is choking them.
Blood starts flowing from sasukes eye.
Sunaarashi tightens his grip making Sasuke look up into the sky, he tries with his hand to loosen the grip on him.
Naruto who was kicking Sunaarashi is now more flailing.
Only desperate gasps are coming from them as air is barely flowing from their throats. Sunaarashi is not even reacting to their attempts to save themselves.
- Gesshoku now lands on the scene with his poison still being used as a jumper.
He goes straight to Nihirizumu.
Naruto and Sasuke start to pass out.
Gesshoku: "He's still alive come help!".
Sunaarashi throws Naruto and Sasuke away and rushes to Nihirizumu.
Naruto hits a rock and Sasuke scrapes across the ground
- Both Sunaarashi and Gesshoku use medical ninjutsu on Nihirizumu.
Gesshoku then uses Poison Release: False Enhancers on Nihirizumu.
- Sunaarashi stops and looks off into the distance, he picks up Nihirizumu over his shoulder.
Sunaarashi: "People are coming, we have to leave".
Gesshoku just agrees and they jump away.
- Sasuke gets up coughing, he jumps after them.
Naruto staggering and coughing can't get to his feet quick enough and falls back to the ground, he thinks to himself "don't go alone".
- Sunaarashi: "We have company, make it quick".
- Sasuke lands, in front of him is Gesshoku, further behind is Sunaarashi healing Nihirizumu.
Gesshoku: "You Uchiha really like to make things worse. It's because of your clan the Uzumaki never moved to Konohagakure and we formed our own village. Just like if it wasn't for Fugaku this whole thing wouldn't of happened".
Gesshoku claps his hands together: "Poison Style: Mimic..."
Sasuke just uses Amaterasu and lights the area ablaze.
Gesshoku: "Gah, god damn it".
Sunaarashi: "He's making them know where we are, we have to leave".
Sunaarashi jumps away, Gesshoku follows and Sasuke chases after.
- Gesshoku: "Your family did have a habit of being persistent, just like the effort done by your family just for a new pair of eyes, will you take that little girls eyes when she gets older like the ones you have now?".
Gesshoku turns around and clapping his hands together, "Poison Style: Mimic - Exploding Water Colliding Wave".
He spits out a large volume of poison in liquid form towards Sasuke, waves of the poison crashing into each other.
Sasuke brings out his Susanoo and hides himself in it as the poison crashes into him.
- Sasuke in his Susanoo exits the poison, he looks in the distance and sees them continuing to get away. He cancels the Susanoo as its covered in poison and is slowly eating away the Susanoo and continues to follow.
- Kakashi and everyone else reach Naruto who's now up.
Naruto: "Sunaarashi and Gessoku shown up and took Nihirizumu, Sasuke is currently chasing them".
In the distance smoke raises into the sky where everyone can see it.
- Kakashi: "Follow the smoke and stop them".
Naruto enters his Nine-Tails Chakra Mode.
Naruto: "I'm the fastest, I will get there first".
Naruto jumps away before Kakashi can say anything.
- Trees start appearing as Gesshoku and Sunaarashi jump onto the branches. One tree is set aflame with black fire.
Sunaarashi: "I'm starting to get quite angry".
Gesshoku stops and lands on the ground, then puts his hands on the ground.
Gesshoku: "Summoning".
Sunaarashi gets visibly angry.
Sunaarashi: "You didn't?".
Gesshoku: "I thought you were all dead, I was desperate, I'm sorry ok!".
- Sasuke enters the scene but only in front of him is a coffin, this makes Sasuke stall and it opens.
A young woman with long black hair and cracks all over her body stands in front of him.
Clearly a Summoning: Impure World Reincarnation soul.
- Sasuke charges at the woman.
Woman: "Itachi?".
Sasuke stops just in front of the woman.
She looks up, she has black eyes, under which are long pronounced tear-troughs.
Sasuke is now stunned looking at this woman as she looks oddly like Itachi, clearly an Uchiha.
She reaches up to Sasukes face and touches it.
Woman: "Mikoto always liked Fugaku, she would even say she would name their son Itachi if she had one, I can tell you are their child".
The woman has a smile and tears rolling down her face.
- The woman is hit with a Rasengan as Naruto jumps in.
She's thrown away by the attack and hits a tree.
A coffin raises out of the ground and she gets unsummoned.
- Sunaarashi is standing tall over Gesshoku.
Sunaarashi: "You are a monster".
Gesshoku is on the ground looking down.
Gesshoku: "I know".
- Naruto: "You all good?".
Sasuke doesn't know how to react.
Naruto: "Was that what I think it was?"
He goes to say something but his voice croaks, likely from when he was being choked.
Naruto: "Do you know where they went?".
Sasuke slowly shakes his head.
- Naruto: "Ok, wait a second while I go back into Sage Mode".
Being in Nine-Tails Chakra Mode it comes quick and he feels them not to far away.
Naruto: "I found them they are... gone. They just vanished".
- Everyone else starts showing up.
Kakashi: "What's happened?".
Naruto: "We lost them".
- Sasuke thinks to himself: "I let them get away. But, who was that?".
~~~~~~
Post chapter note.
I've hit a bit of a problem with next chapter, it doesn't feel right.
Also a bit of a block on how to continue with the chapter after.
Might be a little before next comes out.
Sorry.
P.15 Unrest
New
Post chapter note.
Sorry for the long wait, I got lazy and I still feel this chapter is off.
But this is what I ended up with so lets continue the story.
~~~~~~
P.15 Unrest
- It's been several days since the raid of Iwagakure.
- Meanwhile a few things have happened.
- No sign of Sunaarashi, Gesshoku or Nihirizumu have come to light.
- It was discovered that Nihirizumu had planned up a relocation of Iwagakure.
The idea is to built a new town on the outskirts of the original village and it becoming the new main village of the Land of Earth.
With the destruction of the wall protecting Iwagakure and permission from the Daimyō the idea to continue with this plan was accepted.
Ōnoki had started to involve Kurotsuchi in any dealings that would involve the Tsuchikage and pushes her to start everything with him just supporting her.
- Once returning back to Sunagakure Gaara informed the residents of Iwagakure they could return home.
Kitsuchi was there with a few others to escort people back.
- In Kumogakure A has summoned Killer B, Darui and his assistant, whos name is Tamashi. His arm is wrapped in bandages and in a sling.
A: "I have plans to make an announcement, after this whole thing is over, Darui, you will be the next Raikage".
Darui is stunned with this but before he can say anything A continues talking.
A: "You have shown great leadership in the Fourth War and from the reports quick thinking in this fight, you may of lost this round but next time, you will win".
Darui goes to say something but A talks to Killer B.
A: "You will have his back much like you have mine correct?".
Killer B with a smile agrees.
Tamashi: "You wont win this".
Darui just sighs.
- In Kirigakure some outrage has been brewing, the citizens outside the Mizukage building have formed a crowd and have been calling out Mei, claiming she's unfit for the title of Mizukage and that she should be held accountable for what her half brother has done.
- Chōjūrō stands between the crowd and the building with Hiramekarei planted into the ground as he has a stern look on his face.
As the crowd gets more rowdy he splits Hiramekarei into two pieces and coats them in chakra.
Mei is looking down and sees Chōjūrō talking to the crowd and thanks him silently.
- Kabuto is unconscious in Konohagakure.
None of the people who helped him with making the barrier survived.
All Tailed Beasts were defeated.
Tsunade is the person who has over looked his recovery with Orochimaru assisting.
Tsunade: "From what the Tailed Beasts on scene have said Sunaarashi and Gesshoku tortured him and from the damage I agree with them, they abused the fact he was in Sage Mode to see how far they could go".
Orochimaru: "He's body has healed up, but mentally, I can't say when he will wake up".
- Hinata is checking on everyone in the house as it's late at night.
Naruto is sleeping in on the couch, Boruto and Himawari are asleep in their rooms.
A knock is heard on the door.
Hinata open the door, Sakura is at the door, she's holding Sarada.
Hinata: "Sakura, it's late, is everything ok?"
Hinata lets Sakura in, Sakura sees Naruto sleeping.
Sakura whispers: "Oh, maybe I should come tomorrow".
Hinata: "He wont wake up. The kids will be fine, they can sleep through Naruto talking. Come in".
They walk to the dinning area and sit at the table.
Sakura: "Have you seen Sasuke by any chance? I'm sure he returned back with us but he just vanished. Kakashi said he doesn't know. I figured Naruto might know.
Hinata: "He never came here, Naruto never mentioned hanging out with him or anything too. I'm sure he's a little shaken up. I heard what happened, nearly everyone died".
Sakura and Hinata continue talking.
- The outskirts of Konohagakure.
Sasuke is looking in to the village when someone jumps down behind him.
Unknown mans voice: "You know, my daughter is looking for you?".
Kizashi walks up to Sasuke and sits next to him.
Kizashi: "I may not be your father but I am your daughters grandfather, and I must say, not impressed you haven't really seen your family. You leave the village with my daughter for some time and when she returns she has a baby in her hands. I don't know any other time I wanted to chase someone down more then I did you".
Sasuke is sullen: "I'm sorry".
Kizashi: "It's a start, but why are you not with them?".
A voice rings through Sasukes mind.
Gesshoku: "Will you take that little girls eyes when she gets older like the ones you have now?".
Sasuke: "I just have to many things going on".
Kizashi sighs, not getting anywhere with this conversation.
Kizashi: "Did you know I was a candidate for Fourth Hokage like your father?".
Sasuke slightly tilts his head towards Kizashi.
Kizashi: "You do know why you were put in a team with Naruto and Sakura right?".
Sasuke: "Naruto was the lowest in scores and Sakura and I were some of the highest?".
Kizashi laughs.
Kizashi: "While I'm sure that is true it's not the reason. It's because your father, Narutos father and myself were candidates for Fourth Hokage after the Third War. Those teams have meanings, like with how Ino-Shika-Cho team has been going for generations. Orochimaru was also a candidate but didn't get it. I dropped out of the race because I didn't feel I did as much as what I was being praised for. So your father and Minato were the final two".
Sasuke thinks to himself for a little bit.
Sasuke: "Any chance you know why these three from years ago hate my father so much?".
Kizashi: "Yeah, your father caught them after they killed Kita. He was furious, his determination to catch them and then with the war is how he got the nickname Wicked Eye."
Sasuke: "Kita?"
Kizashi: "You know, Kita Uchiha."
Sasuke just looks at him.
Kizashi: "Oh no. They never told you? I knew it was a sore spot with Fugaku. But I would of thought your mother would of talked about her best friend".
Kizashi is trying to find his words as Sasuke just looks at him.
Kizashi: "Best way is to just say it. Your father had a younger sister, your aunt Kita".
Sasuke sits up to this.
Kizashi: "I'm amazed you didn't know honestly. She went to the academy with your mother and they always hung out. I'm more closer to your father in age so I don't know to much about her myself. But if you want to ask someone Tsunade might be able to help, Kita was a medical ninja".
Sasuke stands up and flickers away.
Kizashi: "I think I just open a door I shouldn't of. My wife and daughter are going to kill me".
- The next day.
Tsunade is with Shizune looking at documents.
Tsunade: "We don't exactly need your help here, you alright being here?".
Kakashi is also waiting in her office.
Kakashi: "I'm waiting for someone, I'm fair sure he is already here".
Sasuke enters the room.
Kakashi: "A worried man thinking he told you something he shouldn't have came to me. Also Sakura wants to know where you are too".
Sasuke ignores Kakashi and walks up to Tsunade.
Sasuke: "What do you know about Kita Uchiha?".
Tsunade just looks up to Sasuke.
Shizune: "Oh Kita, been a while since I heard that name, she was always seem around the hospital and library. She was very nice".
Tsunade: "What would you like to know?".
Sasuke: "That the fact she's my aunt".
Everyone else just looks to Sasuke with a confused look.
Kakashi: "You didn't know?".
Tsunade: "That wasn't a secret, how did you not know?".
Kakashi: "Maybe Fugaku didn't mention anything".
Shizune: "She was best friends with Mikoto, I would see them together all time when I was little. So maybe it was a sore subject".
Tsunade: "Well it was Fugaku finding her that everyone found out about Gesshoku, Sunaarashi and Nihirizumu being together".
Kakashi: "Wait, I thought Fugaku and his team of the Military Police Force that found them?"
Tsunade: "Correct, but in finding them it also lead to Kita being killed. I wasn't around to find out more of the information but that is about all I know".
Kakashi: "I know she was friends with Kushina too, I remember Minato being in disbelief when he heard the news".
Sasuke: "You know how Naruto engaged with an Impure World Reincarnation, I believe it was Kita".
They are all stunned hearing this, Shizune even gets teary.
Shizune: "She wasn't a fighter, now she's being forced to fight".
Tsunade: "Could that of been why Gesshoku was asking about where the Uchiha are when they first shown up".
Sasuke: "Wasn't a fighter?".
Tsunade: "She was called a failure of an Uchiha. She didn't even have a mature Sharingan. I remember she only had one tomoe in each eye, your grandparents were very disappointed in her abilities".
Kakashi: "You don't think Gesshoku has other people under his control, he fought many in the forest of death incident and he could use this to really hurt us mentally".
Tsunade starts getting a shocked look on her face.
The door opens, Orochimaru enters.
Orochimaru: "I hope you don't mind me listening in, also I did come to say Narutos arm has been restored".
Kakashi: "I assume you heard enough, you fought Gesshoku in that incident, you thinking what we are then?".
Orochimaru: "While it's possible he could of got blood to use Impure World Reincarnation, I saw no chance he could of had the time to do it, nor did I see him collect DNA from anyone in the fight".
Tsunade sighs in relief and leans back in her chair.
Orochimaru: "Also, not to brag exactly but I did more or less perfect the Jutsu. Gesshoku would be using it more like Tobirama did, a weaker version".
Kakashi: "So this could be more of a demoralizing attack".
Orochimaru: "Nihirizumu and Sunaarashi are smart, so it's possible they could of done something different to what I did".
Kakashi: "We are already are on edge with the possibility of fighting deceased people again, I can at least inform the other Kage on this information".
Orochimaru: "Well, if you want I...".
Kakashi and Tsunade: "NO!".
Tsunade: "You can not use your own to fight theirs or them".
Kakashi: "Don't say that you already have some ready".
Orochimaru: "My time has gone into other projects like the Zetsu tree, but now that has a large portion of it unusable".
Sasuke quietly leaves seeing the conversation hasn't really gone his way as the other continue talking.
- Later that day.
Sasuke still has yet to see Sakura and is in the ruin of where the Uchiha lived.
Orochimaru enters the area.
Orochimaru: "I may have some answers you are looking for, I was with the Third and others through most of the efforts of the pre-war hunt. Tsunade could tell you her personality but I can tell you the small details after her death".
Sasuke walks out to Orochimaru.
Orochimaru: "I helped you get answers with the old Hokages, I should be able to help you here. Call it me paying you back for saving all of us in the Nihirizumu attack".
Sasuke: "What can you tell me?".
Orochimaru: "It started when your father informed the Third of two high value ninja entering the village and a betrayer".
- A flash back.
Hiruzen Sarutobi is in the Hokage office dealing with paperwork.
Orochimaru is helping with paperwork.
Fugaku burts into the room panting, his team following behind, all injured.
Hiruzen: "What's happened here?".
Fugaku: "We have intruders in the village".
Hiruzen: "Intruders? There has been no signal from the Barrier Team, are you sure?".
Fugaku: "I can recognize the intruders, It's Nihirizumu from Iwagakure and Sunaarashi the political child".
Hiruzen: "That is an odd combo, you sure it was them?".
Fugaku: "I was attacked by Sunaarashi".
Fugaku throws a vile, Orochimaru catches it. It has a silver substance in it, Orochimaru opens it and pours out the liquid onto his hand.
Orochimaru: "This is indeed Mercury".
Hiruzen: "Orochimaru, can you get Danzō".
Orochimaru leaves while Hiruzen asks Fugaku to tell him more.
Orochimaru returns with Danzō.
Hiruzen: "Danzō, you keep more information on this, is it currently time for Sunaarashi to be going between Sunagakure and Kirigakure?".
Danzō: "I already have reports he should be going between villages, he tends to take his time going between now he has gotten older".
Hiruzen: "No reports he's been seen?"
Danzō: "None as of recent".
Hiruzen: "What about Nihirizumu?"
Danzō: "He is much harder to get information on, there is nothing important on him as of current".
Hiruzen: "What about Gesshoku?".
Danzō: "The younger Uzumaki doesn't have much eyes on him since the older one has been more confined as of late, also with Jiraiya around him".
Hiruzen: "Fugaku, tell Danzō what you told me".
Fugaku: "We caught Nihirizumu and Sunaarashi in the village with Gesshoku. They killed my younger sister and took her body".
Hiruzen: "Everything I've been told has been sounding more convincing that it is them, how quickly can you find out where they are?".
Danzō: "Orochimaru, come with me, we are heading out now".
Danzō and Orochimaru leave the office, an Anbu flickers in front of them.
Anbu member: "We have already found the location".
Orochimaru: "Looks like telling you first was a smart idea".
Danzō: "The younger Uzumaki was left out of that information".
Danzō not looking at the Anbu member gives an order.
Danzō: "Find them, now".
The Anbu member flickers away as Danzō and Orochimaru head out.
- Back to present.
Orochimaru: "This is how the hunt started to happen. Your father informing the Hokage. It gets worse from here. That's what I heard from your father, but he treated this like he lost something more then a sister, almost desperate. I saw him make a name for himself trying to get them, more so once the war started".
Sasuke: "Did you ever find her body?".
Orochimaru: "No. We did find them, that's when we found out secrets were being traded. Danzō was shocked seeing Gesshoku floating and Sunaarashi using the 5th Gate. Everyones intel was very out of date as of that day. After this Kita wasn't the main focus anymore".
Sasuke just thinks to himself.
- In an unknown area deep in a cave that has dim lighting from candles.
Sunaarashi rests in a chair next to Nihirizumu who in wrapped up in a blanket on a poorly built bed.
Gesshoku is awake, he's laying on the floor.
Gesshoku stands up and starts walking away.
Sunaarashi: "Where you going?".
Gesshoku: "Just some fresh air, maybe some food, would you like anything?"
Sunaarashi: "Meat. Also something appropriate for him".
Gesshoku walks away, eventually reaching outside.
It's dark out and the sky is full of stars.
Gesshoku thinks to himself, remembering something from the past.
- Flashback.
Gesshoku has his Poison Tailed-Beast cloak on and is facing towards Jiraiya in a forest.
Gesshoku: "Why do my friends keep dying. How can you stand by a village that kills it's own?"
Jiraiya: "What are you talking about Gesshoku? Please calm down, lets just talk this out, you already did so much damage".
Sorry for the long wait, I got lazy and I still feel this chapter is off.
But this is what I ended up with so lets continue the story.
~~~~~~
P.15 Unrest
- It's been several days since the raid of Iwagakure.
- Meanwhile a few things have happened.
- No sign of Sunaarashi, Gesshoku or Nihirizumu have come to light.
- It was discovered that Nihirizumu had planned up a relocation of Iwagakure.
The idea is to built a new town on the outskirts of the original village and it becoming the new main village of the Land of Earth.
With the destruction of the wall protecting Iwagakure and permission from the Daimyō the idea to continue with this plan was accepted.
Ōnoki had started to involve Kurotsuchi in any dealings that would involve the Tsuchikage and pushes her to start everything with him just supporting her.
- Once returning back to Sunagakure Gaara informed the residents of Iwagakure they could return home.
Kitsuchi was there with a few others to escort people back.
- In Kumogakure A has summoned Killer B, Darui and his assistant, whos name is Tamashi. His arm is wrapped in bandages and in a sling.
A: "I have plans to make an announcement, after this whole thing is over, Darui, you will be the next Raikage".
Darui is stunned with this but before he can say anything A continues talking.
A: "You have shown great leadership in the Fourth War and from the reports quick thinking in this fight, you may of lost this round but next time, you will win".
Darui goes to say something but A talks to Killer B.
A: "You will have his back much like you have mine correct?".
Killer B with a smile agrees.
Tamashi: "You wont win this".
Darui just sighs.
- In Kirigakure some outrage has been brewing, the citizens outside the Mizukage building have formed a crowd and have been calling out Mei, claiming she's unfit for the title of Mizukage and that she should be held accountable for what her half brother has done.
- Chōjūrō stands between the crowd and the building with Hiramekarei planted into the ground as he has a stern look on his face.
As the crowd gets more rowdy he splits Hiramekarei into two pieces and coats them in chakra.
Mei is looking down and sees Chōjūrō talking to the crowd and thanks him silently.
- Kabuto is unconscious in Konohagakure.
None of the people who helped him with making the barrier survived.
All Tailed Beasts were defeated.
Tsunade is the person who has over looked his recovery with Orochimaru assisting.
Tsunade: "From what the Tailed Beasts on scene have said Sunaarashi and Gesshoku tortured him and from the damage I agree with them, they abused the fact he was in Sage Mode to see how far they could go".
Orochimaru: "He's body has healed up, but mentally, I can't say when he will wake up".
- Hinata is checking on everyone in the house as it's late at night.
Naruto is sleeping in on the couch, Boruto and Himawari are asleep in their rooms.
A knock is heard on the door.
Hinata open the door, Sakura is at the door, she's holding Sarada.
Hinata: "Sakura, it's late, is everything ok?"
Hinata lets Sakura in, Sakura sees Naruto sleeping.
Sakura whispers: "Oh, maybe I should come tomorrow".
Hinata: "He wont wake up. The kids will be fine, they can sleep through Naruto talking. Come in".
They walk to the dinning area and sit at the table.
Sakura: "Have you seen Sasuke by any chance? I'm sure he returned back with us but he just vanished. Kakashi said he doesn't know. I figured Naruto might know.
Hinata: "He never came here, Naruto never mentioned hanging out with him or anything too. I'm sure he's a little shaken up. I heard what happened, nearly everyone died".
Sakura and Hinata continue talking.
- The outskirts of Konohagakure.
Sasuke is looking in to the village when someone jumps down behind him.
Unknown mans voice: "You know, my daughter is looking for you?".
Kizashi walks up to Sasuke and sits next to him.
Kizashi: "I may not be your father but I am your daughters grandfather, and I must say, not impressed you haven't really seen your family. You leave the village with my daughter for some time and when she returns she has a baby in her hands. I don't know any other time I wanted to chase someone down more then I did you".
Sasuke is sullen: "I'm sorry".
Kizashi: "It's a start, but why are you not with them?".
A voice rings through Sasukes mind.
Gesshoku: "Will you take that little girls eyes when she gets older like the ones you have now?".
Sasuke: "I just have to many things going on".
Kizashi sighs, not getting anywhere with this conversation.
Kizashi: "Did you know I was a candidate for Fourth Hokage like your father?".
Sasuke slightly tilts his head towards Kizashi.
Kizashi: "You do know why you were put in a team with Naruto and Sakura right?".
Sasuke: "Naruto was the lowest in scores and Sakura and I were some of the highest?".
Kizashi laughs.
Kizashi: "While I'm sure that is true it's not the reason. It's because your father, Narutos father and myself were candidates for Fourth Hokage after the Third War. Those teams have meanings, like with how Ino-Shika-Cho team has been going for generations. Orochimaru was also a candidate but didn't get it. I dropped out of the race because I didn't feel I did as much as what I was being praised for. So your father and Minato were the final two".
Sasuke thinks to himself for a little bit.
Sasuke: "Any chance you know why these three from years ago hate my father so much?".
Kizashi: "Yeah, your father caught them after they killed Kita. He was furious, his determination to catch them and then with the war is how he got the nickname Wicked Eye."
Sasuke: "Kita?"
Kizashi: "You know, Kita Uchiha."
Sasuke just looks at him.
Kizashi: "Oh no. They never told you? I knew it was a sore spot with Fugaku. But I would of thought your mother would of talked about her best friend".
Kizashi is trying to find his words as Sasuke just looks at him.
Kizashi: "Best way is to just say it. Your father had a younger sister, your aunt Kita".
Sasuke sits up to this.
Kizashi: "I'm amazed you didn't know honestly. She went to the academy with your mother and they always hung out. I'm more closer to your father in age so I don't know to much about her myself. But if you want to ask someone Tsunade might be able to help, Kita was a medical ninja".
Sasuke stands up and flickers away.
Kizashi: "I think I just open a door I shouldn't of. My wife and daughter are going to kill me".
- The next day.
Tsunade is with Shizune looking at documents.
Tsunade: "We don't exactly need your help here, you alright being here?".
Kakashi is also waiting in her office.
Kakashi: "I'm waiting for someone, I'm fair sure he is already here".
Sasuke enters the room.
Kakashi: "A worried man thinking he told you something he shouldn't have came to me. Also Sakura wants to know where you are too".
Sasuke ignores Kakashi and walks up to Tsunade.
Sasuke: "What do you know about Kita Uchiha?".
Tsunade just looks up to Sasuke.
Shizune: "Oh Kita, been a while since I heard that name, she was always seem around the hospital and library. She was very nice".
Tsunade: "What would you like to know?".
Sasuke: "That the fact she's my aunt".
Everyone else just looks to Sasuke with a confused look.
Kakashi: "You didn't know?".
Tsunade: "That wasn't a secret, how did you not know?".
Kakashi: "Maybe Fugaku didn't mention anything".
Shizune: "She was best friends with Mikoto, I would see them together all time when I was little. So maybe it was a sore subject".
Tsunade: "Well it was Fugaku finding her that everyone found out about Gesshoku, Sunaarashi and Nihirizumu being together".
Kakashi: "Wait, I thought Fugaku and his team of the Military Police Force that found them?"
Tsunade: "Correct, but in finding them it also lead to Kita being killed. I wasn't around to find out more of the information but that is about all I know".
Kakashi: "I know she was friends with Kushina too, I remember Minato being in disbelief when he heard the news".
Sasuke: "You know how Naruto engaged with an Impure World Reincarnation, I believe it was Kita".
They are all stunned hearing this, Shizune even gets teary.
Shizune: "She wasn't a fighter, now she's being forced to fight".
Tsunade: "Could that of been why Gesshoku was asking about where the Uchiha are when they first shown up".
Sasuke: "Wasn't a fighter?".
Tsunade: "She was called a failure of an Uchiha. She didn't even have a mature Sharingan. I remember she only had one tomoe in each eye, your grandparents were very disappointed in her abilities".
Kakashi: "You don't think Gesshoku has other people under his control, he fought many in the forest of death incident and he could use this to really hurt us mentally".
Tsunade starts getting a shocked look on her face.
The door opens, Orochimaru enters.
Orochimaru: "I hope you don't mind me listening in, also I did come to say Narutos arm has been restored".
Kakashi: "I assume you heard enough, you fought Gesshoku in that incident, you thinking what we are then?".
Orochimaru: "While it's possible he could of got blood to use Impure World Reincarnation, I saw no chance he could of had the time to do it, nor did I see him collect DNA from anyone in the fight".
Tsunade sighs in relief and leans back in her chair.
Orochimaru: "Also, not to brag exactly but I did more or less perfect the Jutsu. Gesshoku would be using it more like Tobirama did, a weaker version".
Kakashi: "So this could be more of a demoralizing attack".
Orochimaru: "Nihirizumu and Sunaarashi are smart, so it's possible they could of done something different to what I did".
Kakashi: "We are already are on edge with the possibility of fighting deceased people again, I can at least inform the other Kage on this information".
Orochimaru: "Well, if you want I...".
Kakashi and Tsunade: "NO!".
Tsunade: "You can not use your own to fight theirs or them".
Kakashi: "Don't say that you already have some ready".
Orochimaru: "My time has gone into other projects like the Zetsu tree, but now that has a large portion of it unusable".
Sasuke quietly leaves seeing the conversation hasn't really gone his way as the other continue talking.
- Later that day.
Sasuke still has yet to see Sakura and is in the ruin of where the Uchiha lived.
Orochimaru enters the area.
Orochimaru: "I may have some answers you are looking for, I was with the Third and others through most of the efforts of the pre-war hunt. Tsunade could tell you her personality but I can tell you the small details after her death".
Sasuke walks out to Orochimaru.
Orochimaru: "I helped you get answers with the old Hokages, I should be able to help you here. Call it me paying you back for saving all of us in the Nihirizumu attack".
Sasuke: "What can you tell me?".
Orochimaru: "It started when your father informed the Third of two high value ninja entering the village and a betrayer".
- A flash back.
Hiruzen Sarutobi is in the Hokage office dealing with paperwork.
Orochimaru is helping with paperwork.
Fugaku burts into the room panting, his team following behind, all injured.
Hiruzen: "What's happened here?".
Fugaku: "We have intruders in the village".
Hiruzen: "Intruders? There has been no signal from the Barrier Team, are you sure?".
Fugaku: "I can recognize the intruders, It's Nihirizumu from Iwagakure and Sunaarashi the political child".
Hiruzen: "That is an odd combo, you sure it was them?".
Fugaku: "I was attacked by Sunaarashi".
Fugaku throws a vile, Orochimaru catches it. It has a silver substance in it, Orochimaru opens it and pours out the liquid onto his hand.
Orochimaru: "This is indeed Mercury".
Hiruzen: "Orochimaru, can you get Danzō".
Orochimaru leaves while Hiruzen asks Fugaku to tell him more.
Orochimaru returns with Danzō.
Hiruzen: "Danzō, you keep more information on this, is it currently time for Sunaarashi to be going between Sunagakure and Kirigakure?".
Danzō: "I already have reports he should be going between villages, he tends to take his time going between now he has gotten older".
Hiruzen: "No reports he's been seen?"
Danzō: "None as of recent".
Hiruzen: "What about Nihirizumu?"
Danzō: "He is much harder to get information on, there is nothing important on him as of current".
Hiruzen: "What about Gesshoku?".
Danzō: "The younger Uzumaki doesn't have much eyes on him since the older one has been more confined as of late, also with Jiraiya around him".
Hiruzen: "Fugaku, tell Danzō what you told me".
Fugaku: "We caught Nihirizumu and Sunaarashi in the village with Gesshoku. They killed my younger sister and took her body".
Hiruzen: "Everything I've been told has been sounding more convincing that it is them, how quickly can you find out where they are?".
Danzō: "Orochimaru, come with me, we are heading out now".
Danzō and Orochimaru leave the office, an Anbu flickers in front of them.
Anbu member: "We have already found the location".
Orochimaru: "Looks like telling you first was a smart idea".
Danzō: "The younger Uzumaki was left out of that information".
Danzō not looking at the Anbu member gives an order.
Danzō: "Find them, now".
The Anbu member flickers away as Danzō and Orochimaru head out.
- Back to present.
Orochimaru: "This is how the hunt started to happen. Your father informing the Hokage. It gets worse from here. That's what I heard from your father, but he treated this like he lost something more then a sister, almost desperate. I saw him make a name for himself trying to get them, more so once the war started".
Sasuke: "Did you ever find her body?".
Orochimaru: "No. We did find them, that's when we found out secrets were being traded. Danzō was shocked seeing Gesshoku floating and Sunaarashi using the 5th Gate. Everyones intel was very out of date as of that day. After this Kita wasn't the main focus anymore".
Sasuke just thinks to himself.
- In an unknown area deep in a cave that has dim lighting from candles.
Sunaarashi rests in a chair next to Nihirizumu who in wrapped up in a blanket on a poorly built bed.
Gesshoku is awake, he's laying on the floor.
Gesshoku stands up and starts walking away.
Sunaarashi: "Where you going?".
Gesshoku: "Just some fresh air, maybe some food, would you like anything?"
Sunaarashi: "Meat. Also something appropriate for him".
Gesshoku walks away, eventually reaching outside.
It's dark out and the sky is full of stars.
Gesshoku thinks to himself, remembering something from the past.
- Flashback.
Gesshoku has his Poison Tailed-Beast cloak on and is facing towards Jiraiya in a forest.
Gesshoku: "Why do my friends keep dying. How can you stand by a village that kills it's own?"
Jiraiya: "What are you talking about Gesshoku? Please calm down, lets just talk this out, you already did so much damage".